Adding upstream version 6.1.76.upstream/6.1.76

Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>

1 files changed, 9019 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5bf5c1ab5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h
@@ -0,0 +1,9019 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+#ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H
+#define __NET_CFG80211_H
+/*
+ * 802.11 device and configuration interface
+ *
+ * Copyright 2006-2010	Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
+ * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
+ * Copyright 2015-2017	Intel Deutschland GmbH
+ * Copyright (C) 2018-2021 Intel Corporation
+ */
+
+#include <linux/ethtool.h>
+#include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h>
+#include <linux/netdevice.h>
+#include <linux/debugfs.h>
+#include <linux/list.h>
+#include <linux/bug.h>
+#include <linux/netlink.h>
+#include <linux/skbuff.h>
+#include <linux/nl80211.h>
+#include <linux/if_ether.h>
+#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
+#include <linux/net.h>
+#include <linux/rfkill.h>
+#include <net/regulatory.h>
+
+/**
+ * DOC: Introduction
+ *
+ * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges
+ * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated
+ * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used
+ * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent
+ * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers
+ * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely.
+ *
+ * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum
+ * use restrictions.
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * DOC: Device registration
+ *
+ * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device
+ * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs
+ * described below.
+ *
+ * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each
+ * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each
+ * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with
+ * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's
+ * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes
+ * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the
+ * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating
+ * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the
+ * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful.
+ *
+ * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has
+ * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and
+ * structures here describe these capabilities in detail.
+ */
+
+struct wiphy;
+
+/*
+ * wireless hardware capability structures
+ */
+
+/**
+ * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags
+ *
+ * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled.
+ * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes
+ *	sending probe requests or beaconing.
+ * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel.
+ * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel
+ *	is not permitted.
+ * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel
+ *	is not permitted.
+ * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel.
+ * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band,
+ *	this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this
+ *	channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
+ *	This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
+ *	restrictions.
+ * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band,
+ *	this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this
+ *	channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
+ *	This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
+ *	restrictions.
+ * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY
+ * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
+ * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
+ *	on this channel.
+ * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
+ *	on this channel.
+ * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel.
+ * @IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ: 1 MHz bandwidth is permitted
+ *	on this channel.
+ * @IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ: 2 MHz bandwidth is permitted
+ *	on this channel.
+ * @IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is permitted
+ *	on this channel.
+ * @IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is permitted
+ *	on this channel.
+ * @IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is permitted
+ *	on this channel.
+ * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ: If the driver supports 320 MHz on the band,
+ *	this flag indicates that a 320 MHz channel cannot use this
+ *	channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
+ *	This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
+ *	restrictions.
+ * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not permitted on this channel.
+ */
+enum ieee80211_channel_flags {
+	IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED		= 1<<0,
+	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR		= 1<<1,
+	/* hole at 1<<2 */
+	IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR		= 1<<3,
+	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS	= 1<<4,
+	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS	= 1<<5,
+	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM		= 1<<6,
+	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ		= 1<<7,
+	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ	= 1<<8,
+	IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY	= 1<<9,
+	IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT	= 1<<10,
+	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ		= 1<<11,
+	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ		= 1<<12,
+	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE		= 1<<13,
+	IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ		= 1<<14,
+	IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ		= 1<<15,
+	IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ		= 1<<16,
+	IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ		= 1<<17,
+	IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ		= 1<<18,
+	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ	= 1<<19,
+	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT		= 1<<20,
+};
+
+#define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \
+	(IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS)
+
+#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS		60000
+#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS		(30 * 60 * 1000)
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition
+ *
+ * This structure describes a single channel for use
+ * with cfg80211.
+ *
+ * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz
+ * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz
+ * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel
+ * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags.
+ * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory
+ *	code to support devices with additional restrictions
+ * @band: band this channel belongs to.
+ * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi
+ * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm)
+ * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm)
+ * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon
+ *	has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon()
+ *	to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band.
+ * @orig_mag: internal use
+ * @orig_mpwr: internal use
+ * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required
+ *	on this channel.
+ * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
+ * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels.
+ */
+struct ieee80211_channel {
+	enum nl80211_band band;
+	u32 center_freq;
+	u16 freq_offset;
+	u16 hw_value;
+	u32 flags;
+	int max_antenna_gain;
+	int max_power;
+	int max_reg_power;
+	bool beacon_found;
+	u32 orig_flags;
+	int orig_mag, orig_mpwr;
+	enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state;
+	unsigned long dfs_state_entered;
+	unsigned int dfs_cac_ms;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags
+ *
+ * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured
+ * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for
+ * different bands/PHY modes.
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short
+ *	preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and
+ *	with CCK rates.
+ * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
+ *	when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the
+ *	core code when registering the wiphy.
+ * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
+ *	when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
+ *	core code when registering the wiphy.
+ * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
+ *	when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
+ *	core code when registering the wiphy.
+ * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode.
+ * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode
+ * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode
+ */
+enum ieee80211_rate_flags {
+	IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE	= 1<<0,
+	IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A	= 1<<1,
+	IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B	= 1<<2,
+	IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G	= 1<<3,
+	IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G		= 1<<4,
+	IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ	= 1<<5,
+	IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ	= 1<<6,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS
+ * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS
+ * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS
+ * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS
+ * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type
+ */
+enum ieee80211_bss_type {
+	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS,
+	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS,
+	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
+	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS,
+	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set
+ * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear
+ * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting
+ */
+enum ieee80211_privacy {
+	IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON,
+	IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF,
+	IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY
+};
+
+#define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x)	\
+	((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF)
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition
+ *
+ * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can
+ * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short
+ * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are
+ * passed around.
+ *
+ * @flags: rate-specific flags
+ * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps
+ * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate
+ * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when
+ *	short preamble is used
+ */
+struct ieee80211_rate {
+	u32 flags;
+	u16 bitrate;
+	u16 hw_value, hw_value_short;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse
+ *
+ * @enable: is the feature enabled.
+ * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element.
+ * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset
+ * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use
+ * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use
+ * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by
+ *	members of the SRG
+ * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values
+ *	used by members of the SRG
+ */
+struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd {
+	bool enable;
+	u8 sr_ctrl;
+	u8 non_srg_max_offset;
+	u8 min_offset;
+	u8 max_offset;
+	u8 bss_color_bitmap[8];
+	u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring
+ *
+ * @color: the current color.
+ * @enabled: HE BSS color is used
+ * @partial: define the AID equation.
+ */
+struct cfg80211_he_bss_color {
+	u8 color;
+	bool enabled;
+	bool partial;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities
+ *
+ * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
+ * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA.
+ *
+ * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA
+ * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec
+ * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor
+ * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing
+ * @mcs: Supported MCS rates
+ */
+struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap {
+	u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */
+	bool ht_supported;
+	u8 ampdu_factor;
+	u8 ampdu_density;
+	struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities
+ *
+ * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
+ * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA.
+ *
+ * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA
+ * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec
+ * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates
+ */
+struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap {
+	bool vht_supported;
+	u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */
+	struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs;
+};
+
+#define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN		25
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities
+ *
+ * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
+ * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA.
+ *
+ * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid.
+ * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element.
+ * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations.
+ * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data.
+ */
+struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap {
+	bool has_he;
+	struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem;
+	struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp;
+	u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp - EHT max supported NSS per MCS
+ *
+ * See P802.11be_D1.3 Table 9-401k - "Subfields of the Supported EHT-MCS
+ * and NSS Set field"
+ *
+ * @only_20mhz: MCS/NSS support for 20 MHz-only STA.
+ * @bw: MCS/NSS support for 80, 160 and 320 MHz
+ * @bw._80: MCS/NSS support for BW <= 80 MHz
+ * @bw._160: MCS/NSS support for BW = 160 MHz
+ * @bw._320: MCS/NSS support for BW = 320 MHz
+ */
+struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp {
+	union {
+		struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_20mhz_only only_20mhz;
+		struct {
+			struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _80;
+			struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _160;
+			struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _320;
+		} __packed bw;
+	} __packed;
+} __packed;
+
+#define IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN		32
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap - STA's EHT capabilities
+ *
+ * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
+ * to describe 802.11be EHT capabilities for a STA.
+ *
+ * @has_eht: true iff EHT data is valid.
+ * @eht_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the eht capabilities element.
+ * @eht_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations.
+ * @eht_ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data.
+ */
+struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap {
+	bool has_eht;
+	struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem_fixed eht_cap_elem;
+	struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp eht_mcs_nss_supp;
+	u8 eht_ppe_thres[IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type
+ *
+ * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the
+ * interface types defined in @types_mask.  Each type in the
+ * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data.
+ *
+ * @types_mask: interface types mask
+ * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities
+ * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a
+ *	6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value).
+ * @eht_cap: STA's EHT capabilities
+ * @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise
+ * @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data
+ * @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length
+ */
+struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data {
+	u16 types_mask;
+	struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
+	struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa;
+	struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap;
+	struct {
+		const u8 *data;
+		unsigned int len;
+	} vendor_elems;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations
+ *
+ * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz
+ * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz
+ * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz
+ * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz
+ * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
+ * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
+ * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz
+ * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and
+ *	2.16GHz+2.16GHz
+ * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
+ *	4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
+ * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
+ *	4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
+ * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
+ *	and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
+ * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz,
+ *	2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
+ */
+enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config {
+	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4	= 4,
+	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5	= 5,
+	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6	= 6,
+	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7	= 7,
+	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8	= 8,
+	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9	= 9,
+	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10	= 10,
+	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11	= 11,
+	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12	= 12,
+	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13	= 13,
+	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14	= 14,
+	IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15	= 15,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration
+ *
+ * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
+ * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration
+ *
+ * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s)
+ *	that are allowed to be used for transmissions.
+ *	Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc.
+ *	Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported.
+ * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
+ *	the allowed channel bandwidth configurations
+ */
+struct ieee80211_edmg {
+	u8 channels;
+	enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities
+ *
+ * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
+ * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA.
+ *
+ * @s1g: is STA an S1G STA
+ * @cap: S1G capabilities information
+ * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set
+ */
+struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap {
+	bool s1g;
+	u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */
+	u8 nss_mcs[5];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition
+ *
+ * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy
+ * is able to operate in.
+ *
+ * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with
+ *	in this band.
+ * @band: the band this structure represents
+ * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels
+ * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with
+ *	in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported
+ *	rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM.
+ * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates
+ * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band
+ * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band
+ * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band
+ * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band
+ * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1B band only, of course)
+ * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries
+ * @iftype_data: interface type data entries.  Note that the bits in
+ *	@types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only
+ *	one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of
+ *	iftype_data).
+ */
+struct ieee80211_supported_band {
+	struct ieee80211_channel *channels;
+	struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates;
+	enum nl80211_band band;
+	int n_channels;
+	int n_bitrates;
+	struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
+	struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
+	struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap;
+	struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap;
+	u16 n_iftype_data;
+	const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data;
+};
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype
+ * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
+ * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
+ *
+ * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found
+ */
+static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *
+ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
+				u8 iftype)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX))
+		return NULL;
+
+	if (iftype == NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN)
+		iftype = NL80211_IFTYPE_AP;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++)  {
+		const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
+			&sband->iftype_data[i];
+
+		if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype))
+			return data;
+	}
+
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype
+ * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on
+ * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
+ *
+ * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found
+ */
+static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap *
+ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
+			    u8 iftype)
+{
+	const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
+		ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype);
+
+	if (data && data->he_cap.has_he)
+		return &data->he_cap;
+
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities
+ * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
+ * @iftype: the iftype to search for
+ *
+ * Return: the 6GHz capabilities
+ */
+static inline __le16
+ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
+			   enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
+{
+	const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
+		ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype);
+
+	if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he))
+		return 0;
+
+	return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa;
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap - return ETH capabilities for an sband's iftype
+ * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on
+ * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
+ *
+ * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or NULL is none found
+ */
+static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap *
+ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
+			     enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
+{
+	const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
+		ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype);
+
+	if (data && data->eht_cap.has_eht)
+		return &data->eht_cap;
+
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+/**
+ * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree
+ *
+ * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for
+ *
+ * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful
+ * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board
+ * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier).
+ *
+ * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable
+ * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with
+ * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make
+ * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified
+ * without affecting other devices.
+ *
+ * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev.
+ * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first.
+ * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register().
+ */
+#ifdef CONFIG_OF
+void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy);
+#else /* CONFIG_OF */
+static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy)
+{
+}
+#endif /* !CONFIG_OF */
+
+
+/*
+ * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods
+ */
+
+/**
+ * DOC: Actions and configuration
+ *
+ * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration
+ * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these
+ * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these
+ * operations use are described separately.
+ *
+ * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status
+ * information via some functions that drivers need to call.
+ *
+ * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described
+ * in a separate chapter.
+ */
+
+#define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\
+				    WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN)
+
+/**
+ * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters
+ * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise
+ *	%MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set
+ * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames
+ * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface.
+ *	If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may
+ *	determine the address as needed.
+ *	This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the
+ *	%NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag.  Others may support creating
+ **	only p2p devices with specified MAC.
+ * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets
+ *	belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed
+ * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring
+ *	MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed
+ */
+struct vif_params {
+	u32 flags;
+	int use_4addr;
+	u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN];
+	const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups;
+	const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct key_params - key information
+ *
+ * Information about a key
+ *
+ * @key: key material
+ * @key_len: length of key material
+ * @cipher: cipher suite selector
+ * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used
+ *	with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian,
+ *	length given by @seq_len.
+ * @seq_len: length of @seq.
+ * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero)
+ * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX)
+ */
+struct key_params {
+	const u8 *key;
+	const u8 *seq;
+	int key_len;
+	int seq_len;
+	u16 vlan_id;
+	u32 cipher;
+	enum nl80211_key_mode mode;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition
+ * @chan: the (control) channel
+ * @width: channel width
+ * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment
+ * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment
+ *	(only with 80+80 MHz)
+ * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration.
+ *	If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero),
+ *	chan will define the primary channel and all other
+ *	parameters are ignored.
+ * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz
+ */
+struct cfg80211_chan_def {
+	struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
+	enum nl80211_chan_width width;
+	u32 center_freq1;
+	u32 center_freq2;
+	struct ieee80211_edmg edmg;
+	u16 freq1_offset;
+};
+
+/*
+ * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control
+ */
+struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask {
+	struct {
+		u32 legacy;
+		u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN];
+		u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
+		u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
+		enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi;
+		enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi;
+		enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf;
+	} control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration
+ * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration
+ *	of the peer.
+ * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify
+ * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed,
+ *	similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp.
+ * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID
+ * @retry_long: retry count value
+ * @retry_short: retry count value
+ * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
+ * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS
+ * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
+ * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type
+ * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID
+ */
+struct cfg80211_tid_cfg {
+	bool config_override;
+	u8 tids;
+	u64 mask;
+	enum nl80211_tid_config noack;
+	u8 retry_long, retry_short;
+	enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu;
+	enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts;
+	enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu;
+	enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type;
+	struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration
+ * @peer: Station's MAC address
+ * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied
+ * @tid_conf: Configuration change info
+ */
+struct cfg80211_tid_config {
+	const u8 *peer;
+	u32 n_tid_conf;
+	struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_fils_aad - FILS AAD data
+ * @macaddr: STA MAC address
+ * @kek: FILS KEK
+ * @kek_len: FILS KEK length
+ * @snonce: STA Nonce
+ * @anonce: AP Nonce
+ */
+struct cfg80211_fils_aad {
+	const u8 *macaddr;
+	const u8 *kek;
+	u8 kek_len;
+	const u8 *snonce;
+	const u8 *anonce;
+};
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef
+ * @chandef: the channel definition
+ *
+ * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given
+ * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion.
+ */
+static inline enum nl80211_channel_type
+cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
+{
+	switch (chandef->width) {
+	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT:
+		return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
+	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20:
+		return NL80211_CHAN_HT20;
+	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40:
+		if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq)
+			return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS;
+		return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS;
+	default:
+		WARN_ON(1);
+		return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
+	}
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type
+ * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill
+ * @channel: the control channel
+ * @chantype: the channel type
+ *
+ * Given a channel type, create a channel definition.
+ */
+void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
+			     struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
+			     enum nl80211_channel_type chantype);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical
+ * @chandef1: first channel definition
+ * @chandef2: second channel definition
+ *
+ * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are
+ * identical, %false otherwise.
+ */
+static inline bool
+cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
+			   const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2)
+{
+	return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan &&
+		chandef1->width == chandef2->width &&
+		chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 &&
+		chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset &&
+		chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2);
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel
+ *
+ * @chandef: the channel definition
+ *
+ * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise.
+ */
+static inline bool
+cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
+{
+	return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config;
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible
+ * @chandef1: first channel definition
+ * @chandef2: second channel definition
+ *
+ * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible,
+ * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise.
+ */
+const struct cfg80211_chan_def *
+cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
+			    const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid
+ * @chandef: the channel definition to check
+ * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise.
+ */
+bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
+ * @chandef: the channel definition to check
+ * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set
+ * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise.
+ */
+bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+			     const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
+			     u32 prohibited_flags);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
+ * @chandef: the channel definition to check
+ * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype
+ * Returns:
+ *	1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error
+ */
+int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				  const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
+				  enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags - return rate flags for channel width
+ * @width: the channel width of the channel
+ *
+ * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK
+ * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels.
+ *
+ * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel width
+ */
+static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
+ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(enum nl80211_chan_width width)
+{
+	switch (width) {
+	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
+		return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ;
+	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
+		return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ;
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel
+ * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
+ *
+ * See ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags().
+ *
+ * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel
+ */
+static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
+ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
+{
+	return ieee80211_chanwidth_rate_flags(chandef->width);
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef
+ *
+ * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel
+ * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual
+ * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels.
+ *
+ * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
+ *
+ * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef
+ */
+static inline int
+ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
+{
+	switch (chandef->width) {
+	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
+		return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6,
+			   chandef->chan->max_power);
+	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
+		return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3,
+			   chandef->chan->max_power);
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+	return chandef->chan->max_power;
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for
+ * @band_mask: which bands to check on
+ * @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable,
+ *	%IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account
+ */
+bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				  unsigned long band_mask,
+				  u32 prohibited_flags);
+
+/**
+ * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags
+ *
+ * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in
+ * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
+ * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in
+ * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in
+ * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in
+ * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in
+ * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in
+ * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in
+ * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in
+ *
+ * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info
+ * it has filled in during the get_survey().
+ */
+enum survey_info_flags {
+	SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM		= BIT(0),
+	SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE		= BIT(1),
+	SURVEY_INFO_TIME		= BIT(2),
+	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY		= BIT(3),
+	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY	= BIT(4),
+	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX		= BIT(5),
+	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX		= BIT(6),
+	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN		= BIT(7),
+	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX		= BIT(8),
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct survey_info - channel survey response
+ *
+ * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single
+ *	record to report global statistics
+ * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags
+ * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are
+ *	optional
+ * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel)
+ * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy
+ * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy
+ * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data
+ * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data
+ * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning
+ * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS
+ *
+ * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information.
+ *
+ * This structure can later be expanded with things like
+ * channel duty cycle etc.
+ */
+struct survey_info {
+	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
+	u64 time;
+	u64 time_busy;
+	u64 time_ext_busy;
+	u64 time_rx;
+	u64 time_tx;
+	u64 time_scan;
+	u64 time_bss_rx;
+	u32 filled;
+	s8 noise;
+};
+
+#define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS	4
+#define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES	10
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings
+ * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled
+ *	(from enum nl80211_wpa_versions)
+ * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset)
+ * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers
+ * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites
+ * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites
+ * @akm_suites: AKM suites
+ * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
+ *	sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
+ *	required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
+ *	user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
+ * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be
+ *	allowed through even on unauthorized ports
+ * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port
+ *	protocol frames.
+ * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
+ *	port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
+ * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control
+ *	port for mac80211
+ * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
+ *	CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
+ * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
+ * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload)
+ * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE
+ *	offload)
+ * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload)
+ * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation:
+ *
+ *	NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED
+ *	  Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any
+ *	  preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in
+ *	  such a scenario.
+ *
+ *	NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK
+ *	  Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only
+ *
+ *	NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT
+ *	  Allow hash-to-element only
+ *
+ *	NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH
+ *	  Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element
+ */
+struct cfg80211_crypto_settings {
+	u32 wpa_versions;
+	u32 cipher_group;
+	int n_ciphers_pairwise;
+	u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES];
+	int n_akm_suites;
+	u32 akm_suites[CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES];
+	bool control_port;
+	__be16 control_port_ethertype;
+	bool control_port_no_encrypt;
+	bool control_port_over_nl80211;
+	bool control_port_no_preauth;
+	struct key_params *wep_keys;
+	int wep_tx_key;
+	const u8 *psk;
+	const u8 *sae_pwd;
+	u8 sae_pwd_len;
+	enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_mbssid_config - AP settings for multi bssid
+ *
+ * @tx_wdev: pointer to the transmitted interface in the MBSSID set
+ * @index: index of this AP in the multi bssid group.
+ * @ema: set to true if the beacons should be sent out in EMA mode.
+ */
+struct cfg80211_mbssid_config {
+	struct wireless_dev *tx_wdev;
+	u8 index;
+	bool ema;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems - Multiple BSSID elements
+ *
+ * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems.
+ *
+ * @elem: Array of multiple BSSID element(s) to be added into Beacon frames.
+ * @elem.data: Data for multiple BSSID elements.
+ * @elem.len: Length of data.
+ */
+struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems {
+	u8 cnt;
+	struct {
+		const u8 *data;
+		size_t len;
+	} elem[];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data
+ * @link_id: the link ID for the AP MLD link sending this beacon
+ * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE)
+ *	or %NULL if not changed
+ * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE)
+ *	or %NULL if not changed
+ * @head_len: length of @head
+ * @tail_len: length of @tail
+ * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL
+ * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets
+ * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response
+ *	frames or %NULL
+ * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets
+ * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association
+ *	Response frames or %NULL
+ * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets
+ * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp)
+ * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only)
+ * @mbssid_ies: multiple BSSID elements
+ * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change
+ *	(which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data)
+ * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token
+ *	(measurement type 8)
+ * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement
+ *	Token (measurement type 11)
+ * @lci_len: LCI data length
+ * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length
+ * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings
+ * @he_bss_color_valid: indicates whether bss color
+ *	attribute is present in beacon data or not.
+ */
+struct cfg80211_beacon_data {
+	unsigned int link_id;
+
+	const u8 *head, *tail;
+	const u8 *beacon_ies;
+	const u8 *proberesp_ies;
+	const u8 *assocresp_ies;
+	const u8 *probe_resp;
+	const u8 *lci;
+	const u8 *civicloc;
+	struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems *mbssid_ies;
+	s8 ftm_responder;
+
+	size_t head_len, tail_len;
+	size_t beacon_ies_len;
+	size_t proberesp_ies_len;
+	size_t assocresp_ies_len;
+	size_t probe_resp_len;
+	size_t lci_len;
+	size_t civicloc_len;
+	struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color;
+	bool he_bss_color_valid;
+};
+
+struct mac_address {
+	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data
+ *
+ * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's
+ *	entry specified by mac_addr
+ * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed
+ * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL
+ */
+struct cfg80211_acl_data {
+	enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy;
+	int n_acl_entries;
+
+	/* Keep it last */
+	struct mac_address mac_addrs[];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from
+ * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
+ *
+ * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000)
+ * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000)
+ * @tmpl_len: Template length
+ * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action
+ *	frame headers.
+ */
+struct cfg80211_fils_discovery {
+	u32 min_interval;
+	u32 max_interval;
+	size_t tmpl_len;
+	const u8 *tmpl;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe
+ *	response parameters in 6GHz.
+ *
+ * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned
+ *	in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive
+ *	scanning
+ * @tmpl_len: Template length
+ * @tmpl: Template data for probe response
+ */
+struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp {
+	u32 interval;
+	size_t tmpl_len;
+	const u8 *tmpl;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration
+ *
+ * Used to configure an AP interface.
+ *
+ * @chandef: defines the channel to use
+ * @beacon: beacon data
+ * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
+ * @dtim_period: DTIM period
+ * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from
+ *	user space)
+ * @ssid_len: length of @ssid
+ * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames
+ * @crypto: crypto settings
+ * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy
+ * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
+ * @smps_mode: SMPS mode
+ * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity.
+ * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window
+ * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS
+ * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for
+ *	MAC address based access control
+ * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG
+ *	networks.
+ * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
+ * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled)
+ * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled)
+ * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
+ * @eht_cap: EHT capabilities (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled)
+ * @eht_oper: EHT operation IE (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled)
+ * @ht_required: stations must support HT
+ * @vht_required: stations must support VHT
+ * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time
+ * @he_required: stations must support HE
+ * @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE
+ * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags
+ * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings
+ * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
+ * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters
+ * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters
+ * @mbssid_config: AP settings for multiple bssid
+ */
+struct cfg80211_ap_settings {
+	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
+
+	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon;
+
+	int beacon_interval, dtim_period;
+	const u8 *ssid;
+	size_t ssid_len;
+	enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid;
+	struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
+	bool privacy;
+	enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
+	enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
+	int inactivity_timeout;
+	u8 p2p_ctwindow;
+	bool p2p_opp_ps;
+	const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl;
+	bool pbss;
+	struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
+
+	const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap;
+	const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap;
+	const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap;
+	const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper;
+	const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_cap;
+	const struct ieee80211_eht_operation *eht_oper;
+	bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required, sae_h2e_required;
+	bool twt_responder;
+	u32 flags;
+	struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd;
+	struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery;
+	struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp;
+	struct cfg80211_mbssid_config mbssid_config;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings
+ *
+ * Used for channel switch
+ *
+ * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch
+ * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch
+ * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
+ * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
+ * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail)
+ * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response
+ * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel
+ * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel
+ * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing
+ * @count: number of beacons until switch
+ */
+struct cfg80211_csa_settings {
+	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
+	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa;
+	const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon;
+	const u16 *counter_offsets_presp;
+	unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon;
+	unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp;
+	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after;
+	bool radar_required;
+	bool block_tx;
+	u8 count;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings
+ *
+ * Used for bss color change
+ *
+ * @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown
+ * @counter_offset_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
+ * @counter_offset_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
+ * @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change
+ * @count: number of beacons until the color change
+ * @color: the color used after the change
+ */
+struct cfg80211_color_change_settings {
+	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change;
+	u16 counter_offset_beacon;
+	u16 counter_offset_presp;
+	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next;
+	u8 count;
+	u8 color;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations
+ *
+ * Used to pass interface combination parameters
+ *
+ * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want
+ *	to use for verification
+ * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel
+ *	width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of
+ *	&struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths
+ * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface
+ *	type.  The index is the interface type as specified in &enum
+ *	nl80211_iftype.
+ * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface
+ *	that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of
+ *	the verification
+ */
+struct iface_combination_params {
+	int num_different_channels;
+	u8 radar_detect;
+	int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES];
+	u32 new_beacon_int;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply
+ * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp)
+ * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability
+ * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state
+ * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER: apply tx power for STA
+ *
+ * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling,
+ * for those that don't these flags will are used.
+ */
+enum station_parameters_apply_mask {
+	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0),
+	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1),
+	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2),
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
+ *
+ * Used to configure txpower for station.
+ *
+ * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power
+ *	is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be
+ *	overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx
+ *	power per-interface or per-station.
+ * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
+ *	will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
+ *	%type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
+ *	NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
+ *	per peer TPC.
+ */
+struct sta_txpwr {
+	s16 power;
+	enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct link_station_parameters - link station parameters
+ *
+ * Used to change and create a new link station.
+ *
+ * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station
+ * @link_id: the link id (-1 for non-MLD station)
+ * @link_mac: MAC address of the link
+ * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format
+ *	(or NULL for no change)
+ * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates
+ * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station
+ * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station
+ * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification
+ * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used
+ * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station
+ * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities
+ * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station
+ * @txpwr_set: txpwr field is set
+ * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station
+ * @eht_capa: EHT capabilities of station
+ * @eht_capa_len: the length of the EHT capabilities
+ */
+struct link_station_parameters {
+	const u8 *mld_mac;
+	int link_id;
+	const u8 *link_mac;
+	const u8 *supported_rates;
+	u8 supported_rates_len;
+	const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa;
+	const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa;
+	u8 opmode_notif;
+	bool opmode_notif_used;
+	const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa;
+	u8 he_capa_len;
+	struct sta_txpwr txpwr;
+	bool txpwr_set;
+	const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa;
+	const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_capa;
+	u8 eht_capa_len;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct link_station_del_parameters - link station deletion parameters
+ *
+ * Used to delete a link station entry (or all stations).
+ *
+ * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station
+ * @link_id: the link id
+ */
+struct link_station_del_parameters {
+	const u8 *mld_mac;
+	u32 link_id;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct station_parameters - station parameters
+ *
+ * Used to change and create a new station.
+ *
+ * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to
+ * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed
+ *	(bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
+ * @sta_flags_set: station flags values
+ *	(bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
+ * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change
+ * @aid: AID or zero for no change
+ * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero)
+ * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change
+ * @plink_action: plink action to take
+ * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station
+ * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format
+ *	as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
+ * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the
+ *	QoS info field (but already shifted down)
+ * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed
+ *	(for those that don't have a natural "no change" value),
+ *	see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask
+ * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set
+ *	to unknown)
+ * @capability: station capability
+ * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station
+ * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities
+ * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format
+ * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels
+ * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format
+ * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes
+ * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism
+ * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station
+ * @link_sta_params: link related params.
+ */
+struct station_parameters {
+	struct net_device *vlan;
+	u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set;
+	u32 sta_modify_mask;
+	int listen_interval;
+	u16 aid;
+	u16 vlan_id;
+	u16 peer_aid;
+	u8 plink_action;
+	u8 plink_state;
+	u8 uapsd_queues;
+	u8 max_sp;
+	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
+	u16 capability;
+	const u8 *ext_capab;
+	u8 ext_capab_len;
+	const u8 *supported_channels;
+	u8 supported_channels_len;
+	const u8 *supported_oper_classes;
+	u8 supported_oper_classes_len;
+	int support_p2p_ps;
+	u16 airtime_weight;
+	struct link_station_parameters link_sta_params;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters
+ *
+ * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations).
+ *
+ * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations
+ * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal
+ *	(10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication)
+ * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame
+ */
+struct station_del_parameters {
+	const u8 *mac;
+	u8 subtype;
+	u16 reason_code;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified
+ * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface
+ * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still
+ *	unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted)
+ * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has
+ *	the AP MLME in the device
+ * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface
+ * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station
+ * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry
+ *	while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when
+ *	being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is
+ *	supported/used)
+ * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active
+ *	entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace)
+ * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed)
+ * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed)
+ */
+enum cfg80211_station_type {
+	CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT,
+	CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC,
+	CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT,
+	CFG80211_STA_AP_STA,
+	CFG80211_STA_IBSS,
+	CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP,
+	CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE,
+	CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL,
+	CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER,
+};
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on
+ * @params: the new parameters for a station
+ * @statype: the type of station being modified
+ *
+ * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function
+ * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that
+ * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if
+ * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for
+ * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this.
+ */
+int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				  struct station_parameters *params,
+				  enum cfg80211_station_type statype);
+
+/**
+ * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags
+ *
+ * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
+ * type for 802.11n transmissions.
+ *
+ * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS
+ * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS
+ * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
+ * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS
+ * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information
+ * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode
+ * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS
+ * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS information
+ */
+enum rate_info_flags {
+	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS			= BIT(0),
+	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS			= BIT(1),
+	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI		= BIT(2),
+	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG			= BIT(3),
+	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS			= BIT(4),
+	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG			= BIT(5),
+	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG		= BIT(6),
+	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS			= BIT(7),
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information
+ *
+ * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth.
+ *
+ * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth
+ * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth
+ * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth
+ * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth
+ * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth
+ * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth
+ * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation
+ * @RATE_INFO_BW_320: 320 MHz bandwidth
+ * @RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU: bandwidth determined by EHT RU allocation
+ */
+enum rate_info_bw {
+	RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0,
+	RATE_INFO_BW_5,
+	RATE_INFO_BW_10,
+	RATE_INFO_BW_40,
+	RATE_INFO_BW_80,
+	RATE_INFO_BW_160,
+	RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU,
+	RATE_INFO_BW_320,
+	RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct rate_info - bitrate information
+ *
+ * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate
+ *
+ * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags
+ * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate
+ * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg
+ * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only)
+ * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw)
+ * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi)
+ * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
+ * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc,
+ *	only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU)
+ * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4)
+ * @eht_gi: EHT guard interval (from &enum nl80211_eht_gi)
+ * @eht_ru_alloc: EHT RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc,
+ *	only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU)
+ */
+struct rate_info {
+	u8 flags;
+	u8 mcs;
+	u16 legacy;
+	u8 nss;
+	u8 bw;
+	u8 he_gi;
+	u8 he_dcm;
+	u8 he_ru_alloc;
+	u8 n_bonded_ch;
+	u8 eht_gi;
+	u8 eht_ru_alloc;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags
+ *
+ * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
+ * type for 802.11n transmissions.
+ *
+ * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled
+ * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
+ * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
+ */
+enum bss_param_flags {
+	BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT	= 1<<0,
+	BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE	= 1<<1,
+	BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME	= 1<<2,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station
+ *
+ * Information about the currently associated BSS
+ *
+ * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags
+ * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS
+ * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
+ */
+struct sta_bss_parameters {
+	u8 flags;
+	u8 dtim_period;
+	u16 beacon_interval;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID
+ * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to
+ *	indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
+ * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged
+ * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged
+ * @flows: number of new flows seen
+ * @drops: total number of packets dropped
+ * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE
+ * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow
+ * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
+ * @collisions: number of hash collisions
+ * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued
+ * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued
+ * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported
+ */
+struct cfg80211_txq_stats {
+	u32 filled;
+	u32 backlog_bytes;
+	u32 backlog_packets;
+	u32 flows;
+	u32 drops;
+	u32 ecn_marks;
+	u32 overlimit;
+	u32 overmemory;
+	u32 collisions;
+	u32 tx_bytes;
+	u32 tx_packets;
+	u32 max_flows;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics
+ * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to
+ *	indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
+ * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs
+ * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs
+ * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for
+ *	transmitted MSDUs
+ * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs
+ * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics
+ */
+struct cfg80211_tid_stats {
+	u32 filled;
+	u64 rx_msdu;
+	u64 tx_msdu;
+	u64 tx_msdu_retries;
+	u64 tx_msdu_failed;
+	struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats;
+};
+
+#define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS	4
+
+/**
+ * struct station_info - station information
+ *
+ * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station.
+ *
+ * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to
+ *	indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
+ * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected
+ * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds
+ * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association
+ * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station
+ * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station
+ * @llid: mesh local link id
+ * @plid: mesh peer link id
+ * @plink_state: mesh peer link state
+ * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
+ *	For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
+ * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
+ *	For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
+ * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg
+ * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm
+ * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm
+ * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station
+ * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station
+ * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station
+ * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station
+ * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs)
+ * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK)
+ * @rx_dropped_misc:  Dropped for un-specified reason.
+ * @bss_param: current BSS parameters
+ * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
+ *	This number should increase every time the list of stations
+ *	changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
+ *	userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
+ * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request.
+ *	This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use
+ *	user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for
+ *	the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs.
+ * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets.
+ * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values
+ * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered.
+ * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host.
+ * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode
+ * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode
+ * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode
+ * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers)
+ *	towards this station.
+ * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer
+ * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received
+ *	from this peer
+ * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate
+ * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer
+ * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer
+ * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight
+ * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last
+ *	(IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs.
+ *	Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL.
+ * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame.
+ * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has
+ *	been sent.
+ * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station
+ * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with
+ *	an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the
+ *	received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address.
+ * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric.
+ * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server
+ */
+struct station_info {
+	u64 filled;
+	u32 connected_time;
+	u32 inactive_time;
+	u64 assoc_at;
+	u64 rx_bytes;
+	u64 tx_bytes;
+	u16 llid;
+	u16 plid;
+	u8 plink_state;
+	s8 signal;
+	s8 signal_avg;
+
+	u8 chains;
+	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
+	s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
+
+	struct rate_info txrate;
+	struct rate_info rxrate;
+	u32 rx_packets;
+	u32 tx_packets;
+	u32 tx_retries;
+	u32 tx_failed;
+	u32 rx_dropped_misc;
+	struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param;
+	struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags;
+
+	int generation;
+
+	const u8 *assoc_req_ies;
+	size_t assoc_req_ies_len;
+
+	u32 beacon_loss_count;
+	s64 t_offset;
+	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
+	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm;
+	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm;
+
+	u32 expected_throughput;
+
+	u64 tx_duration;
+	u64 rx_duration;
+	u64 rx_beacon;
+	u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg;
+	u8 connected_to_gate;
+
+	struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid;
+	s8 ack_signal;
+	s8 avg_ack_signal;
+
+	u16 airtime_weight;
+
+	u32 rx_mpdu_count;
+	u32 fcs_err_count;
+
+	u32 airtime_link_metric;
+
+	u8 connected_to_as;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit
+ * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm
+ * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to
+ */
+struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs {
+	s32 power;
+	u32 freq_range_index;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs
+ * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types
+ * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs
+ * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs
+ */
+struct cfg80211_sar_specs {
+	enum nl80211_sar_type type;
+	u32 num_sub_specs;
+	struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[];
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges
+ * @start_freq:  start range edge frequency
+ * @end_freq:    end range edge frequency
+ */
+struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges {
+	u32 start_freq;
+	u32 end_freq;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability
+ * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types
+ * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges
+ * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges.
+ *
+ * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing
+ * range to small ones and then append them.
+ */
+struct cfg80211_sar_capa {
+	enum nl80211_sar_type type;
+	u32 num_freq_ranges;
+	const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges;
+};
+
+#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211)
+/**
+ * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station
+ * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to
+ * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest
+ * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information
+ * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be
+ * considered undefined.
+ */
+int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
+			 struct station_info *sinfo);
+#else
+static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev,
+				       const u8 *mac_addr,
+				       struct station_info *sinfo)
+{
+	return -ENOENT;
+}
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags
+ *
+ * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits
+ * according to the nl80211 flags.
+ *
+ * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed
+ * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
+ * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
+ * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
+ * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
+ * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing
+ * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address
+ */
+enum monitor_flags {
+	MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED		= 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
+	MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
+	MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
+	MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
+	MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
+	MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES	= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
+	MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum mpath_info_flags -  mesh path information flags
+ *
+ * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled
+ * in during get_station() or dump_station().
+ *
+ * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled
+ * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled
+ * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled
+ * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled
+ * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled
+ * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled
+ * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled
+ * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled
+ * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled
+ */
+enum mpath_info_flags {
+	MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN		= BIT(0),
+	MPATH_INFO_SN			= BIT(1),
+	MPATH_INFO_METRIC		= BIT(2),
+	MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME		= BIT(3),
+	MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT	= BIT(4),
+	MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES	= BIT(5),
+	MPATH_INFO_FLAGS		= BIT(6),
+	MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT		= BIT(7),
+	MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE		= BIT(8),
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct mpath_info - mesh path information
+ *
+ * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath().
+ *
+ * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags
+ * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination
+ * @sn: target sequence number
+ * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path
+ * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs
+ * @flags: mesh path flags
+ * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs
+ * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries
+ * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
+ *	This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths
+ *	changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
+ *	userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
+ * @hop_count: hops to destination
+ * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination
+ */
+struct mpath_info {
+	u32 filled;
+	u32 frame_qlen;
+	u32 sn;
+	u32 metric;
+	u32 exptime;
+	u32 discovery_timeout;
+	u8 discovery_retries;
+	u8 flags;
+	u8 hop_count;
+	u32 path_change_count;
+
+	int generation;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters
+ *
+ * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode).
+ *
+ * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection
+ *	(0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
+ * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed
+ *	(0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
+ * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed
+ *	(0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
+ * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format
+ *	(or NULL for no change)
+ * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates
+ * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations
+ *	(0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
+ * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode
+ *	(u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change)
+ * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change)
+ * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change)
+ */
+struct bss_parameters {
+	int use_cts_prot;
+	int use_short_preamble;
+	int use_short_slot_time;
+	const u8 *basic_rates;
+	u8 basic_rates_len;
+	int ap_isolate;
+	int ht_opmode;
+	s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration
+ *
+ * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active.
+ *
+ * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used
+ *	by the Mesh Peering Open message
+ * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units
+ *	used by the Mesh Peering Open message
+ * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by
+ *	the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering
+ * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this
+ *	mesh interface
+ * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can
+ *	be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh
+ * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA
+ * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection
+ *	elements
+ * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we
+ *	detect compatible mesh peers
+ * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to
+ *	synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
+ * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ
+ *	that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target
+ * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds
+ * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on
+ *	a path discovery in milliseconds
+ * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
+ *	receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the
+ *	root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
+ * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
+ *	which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
+ *	element
+ * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
+ *	which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR
+ *	element
+ * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that
+ *	it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh
+ * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA
+ * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root
+ *	announcements are transmitted
+ * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh
+ *	station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is
+ *	missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true
+ *	only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but
+ *	not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the
+ *	same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec)
+ * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding
+ *	entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
+ * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate
+ *	station to establish a peer link
+ * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode
+ *
+ * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
+ *	receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to
+ *	the root mesh STA to be valid.
+ *
+ * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive
+ *	PREQs are transmitted.
+ * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs)
+ *	during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing
+ *	a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
+ * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial
+ *	setting for new peer links.
+ * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake
+ *	after transmitting its beacon.
+ * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established
+ *	peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it
+ *	from the STA's list of peers.  Default is 30 minutes.
+ * @dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer: if set to true then this mesh STA
+ *	will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
+ *	in the mesh formation field.
+ * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is
+ *      connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info.  If false, the
+ *      value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths
+ *      in the mesh path table
+ * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP
+ *      for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might
+ *      not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So
+ *      if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
+ *      dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
+ */
+struct mesh_config {
+	u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout;
+	u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout;
+	u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout;
+	u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks;
+	u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries;
+	u8 dot11MeshTTL;
+	u8 element_ttl;
+	bool auto_open_plinks;
+	u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor;
+	u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries;
+	u32 path_refresh_time;
+	u16 min_discovery_timeout;
+	u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout;
+	u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval;
+	u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval;
+	u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime;
+	u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode;
+	bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate;
+	bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer;
+	u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval;
+	bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol;
+	bool dot11MeshForwarding;
+	s32 rssi_threshold;
+	u16 ht_opmode;
+	u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout;
+	u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval;
+	u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval;
+	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode;
+	u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration;
+	u32 plink_timeout;
+	bool dot11MeshNolearn;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration
+ * @chandef: defines the channel to use
+ * @mesh_id: the mesh ID
+ * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes
+ * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use
+ * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use
+ * @path_metric: which metric to use
+ * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using
+ * @ie: vendor information elements (optional)
+ * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements
+ * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication
+ * @is_secure: this mesh uses security
+ * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions
+ * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use
+ * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
+ * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a]
+ * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh
+ * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
+ * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
+ *	changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
+ *	to operate on DFS channels.
+ * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
+ *	port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
+ *
+ * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created.
+ */
+struct mesh_setup {
+	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
+	const u8 *mesh_id;
+	u8 mesh_id_len;
+	u8 sync_method;
+	u8 path_sel_proto;
+	u8 path_metric;
+	u8 auth_id;
+	const u8 *ie;
+	u8 ie_len;
+	bool is_authenticated;
+	bool is_secure;
+	bool user_mpm;
+	u8 dtim_period;
+	u16 beacon_interval;
+	int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
+	u32 basic_rates;
+	struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
+	bool userspace_handles_dfs;
+	bool control_port_over_nl80211;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration
+ * @chandef: defines the channel to use
+ *
+ * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network
+ */
+struct ocb_setup {
+	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters
+ * @ac: AC identifier
+ * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
+ * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
+ *	1..32767]
+ * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
+ *	1..32767]
+ * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
+ * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD
+ */
+struct ieee80211_txq_params {
+	enum nl80211_ac ac;
+	u16 txop;
+	u16 cwmin;
+	u16 cwmax;
+	u8 aifs;
+	int link_id;
+};
+
+/**
+ * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling
+ *
+ * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite
+ * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will
+ * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the
+ * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the
+ * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to
+ * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements
+ * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be
+ * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised
+ * in the wiphy structure.
+ *
+ * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because
+ * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not
+ * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist.
+ *
+ * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of
+ * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the
+ * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available
+ * to userspace.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description
+ * @ssid: the SSID
+ * @ssid_len: length of the ssid
+ */
+struct cfg80211_ssid {
+	u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
+	u8 ssid_len;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan
+ * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the
+ *	wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this
+ *	information is not available, this field is left zero.
+ * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set.
+ * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason,
+ *	userspace will be notified of that
+ */
+struct cfg80211_scan_info {
+	u64 scan_start_tsf;
+	u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
+	bool aborted;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only
+ *
+ * @short_ssid: short ssid to scan for
+ * @bssid: bssid to scan for
+ * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request
+ *	 which the above info relvant to
+ * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU
+ * @short_ssid_valid: @short_ssid is valid and can be used
+ * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait
+ *       20 TUs before starting to send probe requests.
+ */
+struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params {
+	u32 short_ssid;
+	u32 channel_idx;
+	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
+	bool unsolicited_probe;
+	bool short_ssid_valid;
+	bool psc_no_listen;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description
+ *
+ * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only)
+ * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
+ * @channels: channels to scan on.
+ * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
+ * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
+ * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
+ * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
+ * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If
+ *	%duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and
+ *	the actual dwell time may be shorter.
+ * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the
+ *	%duration field.
+ * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
+ * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
+ * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started
+ * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for
+ * @info: (internal) information about completed scan
+ * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted
+ * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band
+ * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
+ * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
+ *	are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
+ *	be taken from the @mac_addr
+ * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only,
+ *	true if this is the second scan request
+ * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params
+ * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params
+ * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID)
+ */
+struct cfg80211_scan_request {
+	struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
+	int n_ssids;
+	u32 n_channels;
+	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
+	const u8 *ie;
+	size_t ie_len;
+	u16 duration;
+	bool duration_mandatory;
+	u32 flags;
+
+	u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
+
+	struct wireless_dev *wdev;
+
+	u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
+	u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
+	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
+
+	/* internal */
+	struct wiphy *wiphy;
+	unsigned long scan_start;
+	struct cfg80211_scan_info info;
+	bool notified;
+	bool no_cck;
+	bool scan_6ghz;
+	u32 n_6ghz_params;
+	struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params;
+
+	/* keep last */
+	struct ieee80211_channel *channels[];
+};
+
+static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN);
+	for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) {
+		buf[i] &= ~mask[i];
+		buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i];
+	}
+}
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match
+ *
+ * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match
+ *	or no match (RSSI only)
+ * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match
+ *	or no match (RSSI only)
+ * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm)
+ * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied
+ *	for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support
+ *	of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability
+ *	%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band
+ *	specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified.
+ *	If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of
+ *	corresponding matchset.
+ */
+struct cfg80211_match_set {
+	struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
+	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
+	s32 rssi_thold;
+	s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan
+ *
+ * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds.
+ * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means
+ *	infinite loop.
+ *	The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero,
+ *	all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations.
+ */
+struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan {
+	u32 interval;
+	u32 iterations;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment.
+ *
+ * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment.
+ * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment.
+ */
+struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust {
+	enum nl80211_band band;
+	s8 delta;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description
+ *
+ * @reqid: identifies this request.
+ * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans)
+ * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
+ * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
+ * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
+ * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
+ * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
+ * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
+ * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result
+ *	entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host
+ *	(others are filtered out).
+ *	If ommited, all results are passed.
+ * @n_match_sets: number of match sets
+ * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
+ * @dev: the interface
+ * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan
+ * @channels: channels to scan
+ * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this
+ *	contains the minimum over all matchsets
+ * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
+ * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
+ *	are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
+ *	be taken from the @mac_addr
+ * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest
+ *	index must be executed first.
+ * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1.
+ * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct
+ * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request
+ *	owned by a particular socket)
+ * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed
+ * @list: for keeping list of requests.
+ * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan
+ *	cycle.  The driver may ignore this parameter and start
+ *	immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not
+ *	supported.
+ * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not.
+ * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result
+ *	reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined
+ *	to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS.
+ *	The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state.
+ * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong
+ *	to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported
+ *	using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that
+ *	belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative
+ *	comparisions.
+ */
+struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request {
+	u64 reqid;
+	struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
+	int n_ssids;
+	u32 n_channels;
+	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
+	const u8 *ie;
+	size_t ie_len;
+	u32 flags;
+	struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets;
+	int n_match_sets;
+	s32 min_rssi_thold;
+	u32 delay;
+	struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans;
+	int n_scan_plans;
+
+	u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
+	u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
+
+	bool relative_rssi_set;
+	s8 relative_rssi;
+	struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust;
+
+	/* internal */
+	struct wiphy *wiphy;
+	struct net_device *dev;
+	unsigned long scan_start;
+	bool report_results;
+	struct rcu_head rcu_head;
+	u32 owner_nlportid;
+	bool nl_owner_dead;
+	struct list_head list;
+
+	/* keep last */
+	struct ieee80211_channel *channels[];
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type
+ *
+ * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available
+ * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm)
+ * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100
+ */
+enum cfg80211_signal_type {
+	CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE,
+	CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM,
+	CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data
+ * @chan: channel the frame was received on
+ * @scan_width: scan width that was used
+ * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's
+ *	signal type
+ * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was
+ *	received; should match the time when the frame was actually
+ *	received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was
+ *	buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms.
+ *	If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of
+ *	ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate.
+ * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the
+ *	timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified
+ *	by %parent_bssid.
+ * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to
+ *	the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received.
+ * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
+ * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
+ */
+struct cfg80211_inform_bss {
+	struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
+	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
+	s32 signal;
+	u64 boottime_ns;
+	u64 parent_tsf;
+	u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
+	u8 chains;
+	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data
+ * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs
+ * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing
+ * @len: length of the IEs
+ * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon
+ * @data: IE data
+ */
+struct cfg80211_bss_ies {
+	u64 tsf;
+	struct rcu_head rcu_head;
+	int len;
+	bool from_beacon;
+	u8 data[];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description
+ *
+ * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network)
+ * for use in scan results and similar.
+ *
+ * @channel: channel this BSS is on
+ * @scan_width: width of the control channel
+ * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS
+ * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame
+ * @capability: the capability field in host byte order
+ * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these
+ *	are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or
+ *	proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been
+ *	received. It is always non-%NULL.
+ * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame
+ *	(implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't
+ *	own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the
+ *	@hidden_beacon_bss struct)
+ * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame
+ * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from
+ *	a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct
+ *	that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and
+ *	points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case.
+ * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a
+ *	non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support)
+ * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one
+ *	(multi-BSSID support)
+ * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type)
+ * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
+ * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
+ * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set
+ * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set
+ * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes
+ */
+struct cfg80211_bss {
+	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
+	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
+
+	const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies;
+	const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies;
+	const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies;
+
+	struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss;
+	struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss;
+	struct list_head nontrans_list;
+
+	s32 signal;
+
+	u16 beacon_interval;
+	u16 capability;
+
+	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
+	u8 chains;
+	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
+
+	u8 bssid_index;
+	u8 max_bssid_indicator;
+
+	u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
+};
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID
+ * @bss: the bss to search
+ * @id: the element ID
+ *
+ * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
+ * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
+ * Return: %NULL if not found.
+ */
+const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID
+ * @bss: the bss to search
+ * @id: the element ID
+ *
+ * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
+ * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
+ * Return: %NULL if not found.
+ */
+static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id)
+{
+	return (const void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data
+ *
+ * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
+ * authentication.
+ *
+ * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference
+ *	to it if it needs to keep it.
+ * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
+ * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL
+ * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
+ * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
+ * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
+ * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
+ * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains
+ *	the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the
+ *	Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication
+ *	transaction sequence number field.
+ * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets
+ * @link_id: if >= 0, indicates authentication should be done as an MLD,
+ *	the interface address is included as the MLD address and the
+ *	necessary link (with the given link_id) will be created (and
+ *	given an MLD address) by the driver
+ * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of authentication request with
+ *	an AP MLD, valid iff @link_id >= 0
+ */
+struct cfg80211_auth_request {
+	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
+	const u8 *ie;
+	size_t ie_len;
+	enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
+	const u8 *key;
+	u8 key_len;
+	s8 key_idx;
+	const u8 *auth_data;
+	size_t auth_data_len;
+	s8 link_id;
+	const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_assoc_link - per-link information for MLO association
+ * @bss: the BSS pointer, see also &struct cfg80211_assoc_request::bss;
+ *	if this is %NULL for a link, that link is not requested
+ * @elems: extra elements for the per-STA profile for this link
+ * @elems_len: length of the elements
+ */
+struct cfg80211_assoc_link {
+	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
+	const u8 *elems;
+	size_t elems_len;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association.
+ *
+ * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT:  Disable HT (802.11n)
+ * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT:  Disable VHT
+ * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association
+ * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external
+ *	authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to
+ *	userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect()
+ *	request (connect callback).
+ * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE:  Disable HE
+ * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT:  Disable EHT
+ * @CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT: Userspace indicates support for handling MLD links.
+ *	Drivers shall disable MLO features for the current association if this
+ *	flag is not set.
+ */
+enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags {
+	ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT			= BIT(0),
+	ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT			= BIT(1),
+	ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM			= BIT(2),
+	CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT	= BIT(3),
+	ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE			= BIT(4),
+	ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT			= BIT(5),
+	CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT			= BIT(6),
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data
+ *
+ * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
+ * (re)association.
+ * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is
+ *	given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc()
+ *	or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new
+ *	association requests while already associating must be rejected.
+ *	This also applies to the @links.bss parameter, which is used instead
+ *	of this one (it is %NULL) for MLO associations.
+ * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL
+ * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
+ * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association
+ * @crypto: crypto settings
+ * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
+ *	to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
+ *	do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
+ *	the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
+ *	included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
+ *	frame.
+ * @flags:  See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
+ * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
+ *	will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
+ * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
+ * @vht_capa: VHT capability override
+ * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use
+ * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or
+ *	%NULL if FILS is not used.
+ * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets
+ * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association
+ *	Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts
+ *	with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
+ * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override
+ * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask
+ * @links: per-link information for MLO connections
+ * @link_id: >= 0 for MLO connections, where links are given, and indicates
+ *	the link on which the association request should be sent
+ * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of MLO association request,
+ *	valid iff @link_id >= 0
+ */
+struct cfg80211_assoc_request {
+	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
+	const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid;
+	size_t ie_len;
+	struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
+	bool use_mfp;
+	u32 flags;
+	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
+	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
+	struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask;
+	const u8 *fils_kek;
+	size_t fils_kek_len;
+	const u8 *fils_nonces;
+	struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask;
+	struct cfg80211_assoc_link links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
+	const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
+	s8 link_id;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data
+ *
+ * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
+ * deauthentication.
+ *
+ * @bssid: the BSSID or AP MLD address to deauthenticate from
+ * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL
+ * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
+ * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication
+ * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and
+ *	do not set a deauth frame
+ */
+struct cfg80211_deauth_request {
+	const u8 *bssid;
+	const u8 *ie;
+	size_t ie_len;
+	u16 reason_code;
+	bool local_state_change;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data
+ *
+ * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
+ * disassociation.
+ *
+ * @ap_addr: the BSSID or AP MLD address to disassociate from
+ * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL
+ * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
+ * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation
+ * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no
+ *	Disassociation frame is to be transmitted.
+ */
+struct cfg80211_disassoc_request {
+	const u8 *ap_addr;
+	const u8 *ie;
+	size_t ie_len;
+	u16 reason_code;
+	bool local_state_change;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters
+ *
+ * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss()
+ * method.
+ *
+ * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null.
+ * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero.
+ * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not
+ *	search for IBSSs with a different BSSID.
+ * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found
+ * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for
+ *	IBSSs to join on other channels.
+ * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon
+ * @ie_len: length of that
+ * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
+ * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured
+ *	after joining
+ * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
+ *	sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
+ *	required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
+ *	user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
+ * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
+ *	port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
+ * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
+ *	changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
+ *	to operate on DFS channels.
+ * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS
+ * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
+ * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
+ *	will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
+ * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
+ * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
+ *	CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
+ * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
+ */
+struct cfg80211_ibss_params {
+	const u8 *ssid;
+	const u8 *bssid;
+	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
+	const u8 *ie;
+	u8 ssid_len, ie_len;
+	u16 beacon_interval;
+	u32 basic_rates;
+	bool channel_fixed;
+	bool privacy;
+	bool control_port;
+	bool control_port_over_nl80211;
+	bool userspace_handles_dfs;
+	int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
+	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
+	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
+	struct key_params *wep_keys;
+	int wep_tx_key;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection.
+ *
+ * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour.
+ * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour.
+ * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF.
+ * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST.
+ */
+struct cfg80211_bss_selection {
+	enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour;
+	union {
+		enum nl80211_band band_pref;
+		struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust;
+	} param;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters
+ *
+ * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
+ * authentication and association.
+ *
+ * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based
+ *	on scan results)
+ * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or
+ *	%NULL if not specified
+ * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan
+ *	results)
+ * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or
+ *	%NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is
+ *	allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS
+ *	to use.
+ * @ssid: SSID
+ * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets
+ * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
+ * @ie: IEs for association request
+ * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets
+ * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used
+ * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used
+ * @crypto: crypto settings
+ * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
+ * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
+ * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
+ * @flags:  See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
+ * @bg_scan_period:  Background scan period in seconds
+ *	or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used.
+ * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
+ *	will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
+ * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
+ * @vht_capa:  VHT Capability overrides
+ * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used.
+ * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG
+ *	networks.
+ * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection.
+ * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
+ *	to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
+ *	do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
+ *	the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
+ *	included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
+ *	frame.
+ * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the
+ *	NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped
+ *	data IE.
+ * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets.
+ * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or
+ *	%NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and
+ *	is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
+ * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets.
+ * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP
+ *	messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
+ * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional
+ *	keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified.
+ * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets.
+ * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver
+ *	offload of 4-way handshake.
+ * @edmg: define the EDMG channels.
+ *	This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver
+ *	to choose from, based on BSS configuration.
+ */
+struct cfg80211_connect_params {
+	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
+	struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint;
+	const u8 *bssid;
+	const u8 *bssid_hint;
+	const u8 *ssid;
+	size_t ssid_len;
+	enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
+	const u8 *ie;
+	size_t ie_len;
+	bool privacy;
+	enum nl80211_mfp mfp;
+	struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
+	const u8 *key;
+	u8 key_len, key_idx;
+	u32 flags;
+	int bg_scan_period;
+	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
+	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
+	struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa;
+	struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask;
+	bool pbss;
+	struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select;
+	const u8 *prev_bssid;
+	const u8 *fils_erp_username;
+	size_t fils_erp_username_len;
+	const u8 *fils_erp_realm;
+	size_t fils_erp_realm_len;
+	u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
+	const u8 *fils_erp_rrk;
+	size_t fils_erp_rrk_len;
+	bool want_1x;
+	struct ieee80211_edmg edmg;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated
+ *
+ * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that
+ * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call.
+ *
+ * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated
+ * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm,
+ *	username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated
+ * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated
+ */
+enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed {
+	UPDATE_ASSOC_IES		= BIT(0),
+	UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO		= BIT(1),
+	UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE		= BIT(2),
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values
+ * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed
+ * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed
+ * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed
+ * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed
+ * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed
+ * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled
+ * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed
+ * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed
+ * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum
+ */
+enum wiphy_params_flags {
+	WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT		= 1 << 0,
+	WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG		= 1 << 1,
+	WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD	= 1 << 2,
+	WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD	= 1 << 3,
+	WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS	= 1 << 4,
+	WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK		= 1 << 5,
+	WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT		= 1 << 6,
+	WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT	= 1 << 7,
+	WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM		= 1 << 8,
+};
+
+#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT	256
+
+/* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */
+#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L	5000
+#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H	12000
+
+/* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */
+#define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD			24000
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association
+ *
+ * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA
+ * caching.
+ *
+ * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL).
+ * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
+ * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key
+ *	derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL.
+ * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on
+ *	the hash algorithm used to generate this.
+ * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS
+ *	cache identifier (may be %NULL).
+ * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets.
+ * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the
+ *	scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be
+ *	%NULL).
+ * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds
+ *	(dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified.
+ *	The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after
+ *	expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on
+ *	expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK
+ *	used for it expires.
+ * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of
+ *	PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified.
+ *	Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using
+ *	this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this
+ *	threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires.
+ */
+struct cfg80211_pmksa {
+	const u8 *bssid;
+	const u8 *pmkid;
+	const u8 *pmk;
+	size_t pmk_len;
+	const u8 *ssid;
+	size_t ssid_len;
+	const u8 *cache_id;
+	u32 pmk_lifetime;
+	u8 pmk_reauth_threshold;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern
+ * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes,
+ *	one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211
+ * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1
+ * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes)
+ * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes)
+ *
+ * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of
+ * memory, free @mask only!
+ */
+struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern {
+	const u8 *mask, *pattern;
+	int pattern_len;
+	int pkt_offset;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters
+ *
+ * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation
+ * @src: source IP address
+ * @dst: destination IP address
+ * @dst_mac: destination MAC address
+ * @src_port: source port
+ * @dst_port: destination port
+ * @payload_len: data payload length
+ * @payload: data payload buffer
+ * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration
+ * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets
+ * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length
+ * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data
+ * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask
+ * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer
+ * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration
+ */
+struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp {
+	struct socket *sock;
+	__be32 src, dst;
+	u16 src_port, dst_port;
+	u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN];
+	int payload_len;
+	const u8 *payload;
+	struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq;
+	u32 data_interval;
+	u32 wake_len;
+	const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask;
+	u32 tokens_size;
+	/* must be last, variable member */
+	struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info
+ *
+ * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device.
+ * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues
+ *	operating as normal during suspend
+ * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected
+ * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet
+ * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern
+ * @n_patterns: number of patterns
+ * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure
+ * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet
+ * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake
+ * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released
+ * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h.
+ *	NULL if not configured.
+ * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake.
+ */
+struct cfg80211_wowlan {
+	bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
+	     eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
+	     rfkill_release;
+	struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
+	struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp;
+	int n_patterns;
+	struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters
+ *
+ * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device.
+ * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs.
+ * @condition: condition for packet coalescence.
+ *	see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
+ * @patterns: array of packet patterns
+ * @n_patterns: number of patterns
+ */
+struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules {
+	int delay;
+	enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition;
+	struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
+	int n_patterns;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings
+ *
+ * This structure defines coalescing settings.
+ * @rules: array of coalesce rules
+ * @n_rules: number of rules
+ */
+struct cfg80211_coalesce {
+	struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules;
+	int n_rules;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match
+ *
+ * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up
+ * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred.  This
+ *	value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels.
+ * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match
+ *	occurred (in MHz)
+ */
+struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match {
+	struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
+	int n_channels;
+	u32 channels[];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information
+ *
+ * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in
+ *	@matches.  This value may be zero if the driver can't provide
+ *	match information.
+ * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about
+ *	the matches that triggered the wake up.
+ */
+struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info {
+	int n_matches;
+	struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report
+ * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected
+ * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet
+ * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure
+ * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet
+ * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake
+ * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released
+ * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern
+ * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data
+ * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length
+ * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any.
+ * @packet_80211:  For pattern match, magic packet and other data
+ *	frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for
+ *	disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which
+ *	it is.
+ * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received
+ * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish
+ * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens
+ * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect
+ */
+struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup {
+	bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
+	     eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
+	     rfkill_release, packet_80211,
+	     tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens;
+	s32 pattern_idx;
+	u32 packet_present_len, packet_len;
+	const void *packet;
+	struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data
+ * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes)
+ * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes)
+ * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes)
+ * @kek_len: length of kek
+ * @kck_len: length of kck
+ * @akm: akm (oui, id)
+ */
+struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data {
+	const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr;
+	u32 akm;
+	u8 kek_len, kck_len;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information
+ *
+ * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE
+ *
+ * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value
+ * @ie: Fast Transition IEs
+ * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets
+ */
+struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params {
+	u16 md;
+	const u8 *ie;
+	size_t ie_len;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters
+ *
+ * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame
+ *
+ * @chan: channel to use
+ * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required
+ * @wait: duration for ROC
+ * @buf: buffer to transmit
+ * @len: buffer length
+ * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame
+ * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack
+ * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array
+ * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame
+ * @link_id: for MLO, the link ID to transmit on, -1 if not given; note
+ *	that the link ID isn't validated (much), it's in range but the
+ *	link might not exist (or be used by the receiver STA)
+ */
+struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params {
+	struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
+	bool offchan;
+	unsigned int wait;
+	const u8 *buf;
+	size_t len;
+	bool no_cck;
+	bool dont_wait_for_ack;
+	int n_csa_offsets;
+	const u16 *csa_offsets;
+	int link_id;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception
+ *
+ * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition
+ * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs
+ */
+struct cfg80211_dscp_exception {
+	u8 dscp;
+	u8 up;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority
+ *
+ * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
+ * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
+ */
+struct cfg80211_dscp_range {
+	u8 low;
+	u8 high;
+};
+
+/* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */
+#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX	21
+#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN	16
+#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \
+	(IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX)
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information
+ *
+ * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values
+ *
+ * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21)
+ * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from
+ *	the user priority DSCP range definition
+ * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority
+ */
+struct cfg80211_qos_map {
+	u8 num_des;
+	struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX];
+	struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration
+ *
+ * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters
+ *
+ * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255)
+ * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.
+ *	For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
+ *	(i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
+ */
+struct cfg80211_nan_conf {
+	u8 master_pref;
+	u8 bands;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN
+ * configuration
+ *
+ * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference
+ * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands
+ */
+enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes {
+	CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0),
+	CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1),
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter
+ *
+ * @filter: the content of the filter
+ * @len: the length of the filter
+ */
+struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter {
+	const u8 *filter;
+	u8 len;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function
+ *
+ * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type
+ * @service_id: the service ID of the function
+ * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type
+ * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is
+ *	implementation specific.
+ * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted
+ * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active
+ * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up
+ * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up
+ * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up
+ * @ttl: time to live counter in DW.
+ * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info
+ * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length
+ * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive
+ * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter
+ * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length
+ * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index
+ * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses
+ * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF
+ * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter
+ * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF.
+ * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters.
+ * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters.
+ * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function.
+ * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier.
+ */
+struct cfg80211_nan_func {
+	enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
+	u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN];
+	u8 publish_type;
+	bool close_range;
+	bool publish_bcast;
+	bool subscribe_active;
+	u8 followup_id;
+	u8 followup_reqid;
+	struct mac_address followup_dest;
+	u32 ttl;
+	const u8 *serv_spec_info;
+	u8 serv_spec_info_len;
+	bool srf_include;
+	const u8 *srf_bf;
+	u8 srf_bf_len;
+	u8 srf_bf_idx;
+	struct mac_address *srf_macs;
+	int srf_num_macs;
+	struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters;
+	struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters;
+	u8 num_tx_filters;
+	u8 num_rx_filters;
+	u8 instance_id;
+	u64 cookie;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration
+ *
+ * @aa: authenticator address
+ * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes.
+ * @pmk: the PMK material
+ * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK
+ *	is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field
+ *	holds PMK-R0.
+ */
+struct cfg80211_pmk_conf {
+	const u8 *aa;
+	u8 pmk_len;
+	const u8 *pmk;
+	const u8 *pmk_r0_name;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication.
+ *
+ * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces.
+ *
+ * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant
+ *	for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space).
+ * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has
+ *	to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and
+ *	authentication response command interface.
+ * @ssid: SSID of the AP.  Used by both the authentication request event and
+ *	authentication response command interface.
+ * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the
+ *	authentication request event interface.
+ * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication,
+ *	use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you
+ *	the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication
+ *	response command interface (user space to driver).
+ * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
+ */
+struct cfg80211_external_auth_params {
+	enum nl80211_external_auth_action action;
+	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
+	struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
+	unsigned int key_mgmt_suite;
+	u16 status;
+	const u8 *pmkid;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
+ *
+ * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to
+ *	indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
+ * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully
+ *	answered
+ * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were
+ *	successfully answered
+ * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions
+ * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions
+ * @non_asap_num: number of  non-ASAP FTM sessions
+ * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication
+ *	of how much time the responder was busy
+ * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from
+ *	initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with
+ *	the responder
+ * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks
+ *	for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot
+ * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window
+ */
+struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats {
+	u32 filled;
+	u32 success_num;
+	u32 partial_num;
+	u32 failed_num;
+	u32 asap_num;
+	u32 non_asap_num;
+	u64 total_duration_ms;
+	u32 unknown_triggers_num;
+	u32 reschedule_requests_num;
+	u32 out_of_window_triggers_num;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result
+ * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is
+ *	%NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise
+ *	reason than just "failure"
+ * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index
+ *	in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported
+ * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted
+ * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked
+ * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
+ *	fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible
+ *	by the responder
+ * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated
+ * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated
+ * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated
+ * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present)
+ * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present)
+ * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL)
+ * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL)
+ * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported
+ * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported
+ * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response
+ * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame
+ * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg)
+ * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is
+ *	the square root of the variance)
+ * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured
+ * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured
+ *	(must have either this or @rtt_avg)
+ * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance)
+ * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread)
+ * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid
+ * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid
+ * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid
+ * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid
+ * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid
+ * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid
+ * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid
+ * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid
+ * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid
+ * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid
+ * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid
+ * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid
+ */
+struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result {
+	const u8 *lci;
+	const u8 *civicloc;
+	unsigned int lci_len;
+	unsigned int civicloc_len;
+	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason;
+	u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes;
+	s16 burst_index;
+	u8 busy_retry_time;
+	u8 num_bursts_exp;
+	u8 burst_duration;
+	u8 ftms_per_burst;
+	s32 rssi_avg;
+	s32 rssi_spread;
+	struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate;
+	s64 rtt_avg;
+	s64 rtt_variance;
+	s64 rtt_spread;
+	s64 dist_avg;
+	s64 dist_variance;
+	s64 dist_spread;
+
+	u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1,
+	    num_ftmr_successes_valid:1,
+	    rssi_avg_valid:1,
+	    rssi_spread_valid:1,
+	    tx_rate_valid:1,
+	    rx_rate_valid:1,
+	    rtt_avg_valid:1,
+	    rtt_variance_valid:1,
+	    rtt_spread_valid:1,
+	    dist_avg_valid:1,
+	    dist_variance_valid:1,
+	    dist_spread_valid:1;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result
+ * @addr: address of the peer
+ * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the
+ *	measurement was made)
+ * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time
+ * @status: status of the measurement
+ * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not
+ *	reporting partial results always set this flag
+ * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid
+ * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting
+ *	one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and
+ *	they're all aggregated for userspace.
+ * @ftm: FTM result
+ */
+struct cfg80211_pmsr_result {
+	u64 host_time, ap_tsf;
+	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status;
+
+	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
+
+	u8 final:1,
+	   ap_tsf_valid:1;
+
+	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type;
+
+	union {
+		struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm;
+	};
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data
+ * @requested: indicates FTM is requested
+ * @preamble: frame preamble to use
+ * @burst_period: burst period to use
+ * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode
+ * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent
+ * @burst_duration: burst duration
+ * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst
+ * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request
+ * @request_lci: request LCI information
+ * @request_civicloc: request civic location information
+ * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement
+ *		 If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set,
+ *		 EDCA based ranging will be used.
+ * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement
+ *		 If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set,
+ *		 EDCA based ranging will be used.
+ * @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either
+ *		 @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set.
+ * @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to
+ *	indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if
+ *	@non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set.
+ *
+ * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation.
+ */
+struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer {
+	enum nl80211_preamble preamble;
+	u16 burst_period;
+	u8 requested:1,
+	   asap:1,
+	   request_lci:1,
+	   request_civicloc:1,
+	   trigger_based:1,
+	   non_trigger_based:1,
+	   lmr_feedback:1;
+	u8 num_bursts_exp;
+	u8 burst_duration;
+	u8 ftms_per_burst;
+	u8 ftmr_retries;
+	u8 bss_color;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request
+ * @addr: MAC address
+ * @chandef: channel to use
+ * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF
+ * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer
+ */
+struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer {
+	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
+	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
+	u8 report_ap_tsf:1;
+	struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request
+ * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211
+ * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211
+ * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting,
+ *	not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211
+ * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request
+ * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that
+ *	are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
+ *	be taken from the @mac_addr
+ * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request
+ * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if
+ *	zero it means there's no timeout
+ * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with
+ * @peers: per-peer measurement request data
+ */
+struct cfg80211_pmsr_request {
+	u64 cookie;
+	void *drv_data;
+	u32 n_peers;
+	u32 nl_portid;
+
+	u32 timeout;
+
+	u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
+	u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
+
+	struct list_head list;
+
+	struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information
+ *
+ * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE
+ * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space.
+ *
+ * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces.
+ *
+ * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing
+ *	has to be done.
+ * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info
+ *	processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space
+ *	cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for
+ *	OWE update request command interface (user space to driver).
+ * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are
+ *	the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and
+ *	the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface.
+ * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets.
+ */
+struct cfg80211_update_owe_info {
+	u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
+	u16 status;
+	const u8 *ie;
+	size_t ie_len;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data
+ * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered
+ *	for the entire device
+ * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered
+ *	for the given interface
+ * @global_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes
+ * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface
+ *	for these subtypes
+ */
+struct mgmt_frame_regs {
+	u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes;
+	u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration
+ *
+ * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks
+ * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces.
+ *
+ * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0
+ * on success or a negative error code.
+ *
+ * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be
+ * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied
+ * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering,
+ * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers.
+ *
+ * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will
+ *	be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are
+ *	configured for the device.
+ * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed
+ * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback
+ *	to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from
+ *	the device.
+ *
+ * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name,
+ *	must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create
+ *	the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct
+ *	wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must
+ *	also set the address member in the wdev.
+ *	This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes.
+ *
+ * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface
+ *	This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes.
+ *
+ * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface,
+ *	keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated.
+ *	This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes.
+ *
+ * @add_intf_link: Add a new MLO link to the given interface. Note that
+ *	the wdev->link[] data structure has been updated, so the new link
+ *	address is available.
+ * @del_intf_link: Remove an MLO link from the given interface.
+ *
+ * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL
+ *	when adding a group key. @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection.
+ *	For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for
+ *	pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key.
+ *
+ * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters.
+ *	@mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group
+ *	key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid
+ *	after it returns. This function should return an error if it is
+ *	not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist.
+ *	@link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection,
+ *	@link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr
+ *	will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key.
+ *
+ * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key)
+ *	and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. @link_id will
+ *	be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0
+ *	for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD
+ *	address for MLO pairwise key.
+ *
+ * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface. @link_id will be >= 0
+ *	for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection.
+ *
+ * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface.
+ *	@link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection.
+ *
+ * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface.
+ *	@link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection.
+ *
+ * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver
+ *
+ * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters.
+ * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode
+ *	interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started.
+ * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing.
+ *
+ * @add_station: Add a new station.
+ * @del_station: Remove a station
+ * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much
+ *	validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags
+ *	might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check
+ *	them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call
+ *	cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information.
+ * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac
+ * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx
+ *
+ * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path
+ * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path
+ * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path
+ * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters
+ * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
+ * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters
+ * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
+ * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters
+ *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
+ * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network
+ *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
+ *
+ * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration
+ *
+ * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh.
+ *	The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to
+ *	set, and which to leave alone.
+ *
+ * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS.
+ *
+ * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters
+ *
+ * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas,
+ *	as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to
+ *	join the mesh instead.
+ *
+ * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other
+ *	interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration.
+ *	If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should
+ *	be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active.
+ *
+ * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given
+ *	the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done().
+ *	For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside
+ *	the scan/scan_done bracket too.
+ * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall
+ *	indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done().
+ *
+ * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer
+ *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
+ * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer
+ *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
+ * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer
+ *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
+ * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer
+ *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
+ *
+ * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected,
+ *	call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code
+ *	%WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call
+ *	cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code
+ *	from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code
+ *	was received.
+ *	The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the
+ *	other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated
+ *	by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches
+ *	the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request
+ *	frame instead of Association Request frame.
+ *	The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a
+ *	specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid
+ *	parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an
+ *	indication of requesting reassociation.
+ *	In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming
+ *	cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to
+ *	cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
+ * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a
+ *	BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for
+ *	subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the
+ *	Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not
+ *	request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current
+ *	BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in
+ *	changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed.
+ *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
+ * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if
+ *      connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in
+ *      case connection was already established (invoked with the
+ *      wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout().
+ *
+ * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call
+ *	cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due
+ *	to a merge.
+ *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
+ * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS.
+ *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
+ *
+ * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or
+ *	MESH mode)
+ *
+ * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed;
+ *	@changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values
+ *	have changed. The actual parameter values are available in
+ *	struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed.
+ *
+ * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters,
+ *	the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The
+ *	wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will
+ *	always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power
+ *	(as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.)
+ * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable;
+ *	return 0 if successful
+ *
+ * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting
+ *	functions to adjust rfkill hw state
+ *
+ * @dump_survey: get site survey information.
+ *
+ * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified
+ *	channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel
+ *	operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is
+ *	ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event
+ *	notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel().
+ * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation.
+ *	This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on
+ *	the duration value.
+ * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame.
+ * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management
+ *	frame on another channel
+ *
+ * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL
+ * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be
+ *	used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally,
+ *	return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the
+ *	dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data
+ *	was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present
+ *	and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA.
+ *
+ * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration
+ *
+ * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac
+ *	devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association
+ *	RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs.
+ * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID.
+ * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs.
+ * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1
+ *	allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value.
+ * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold.
+ *	After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating
+ *	the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may
+ *	need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being
+ *	disabled.)
+ * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the
+ *	connection quality monitor.  An event is to be sent only when the
+ *	signal level is found to be outside the two values.  The driver should
+ *	set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented.
+ *	If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config.
+ * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error
+ *	thresholds.
+ * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan.
+ * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with
+ *	given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready
+ *	for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be
+ *	called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case.
+ *	The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested
+ *	stop (when this method returns 0).
+ *
+ * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame
+ *	registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep.
+ *
+ * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
+ *	Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
+ *	reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
+ *	(also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
+ *
+ * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
+ *
+ * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame.
+ * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup).
+ *
+ * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it
+ *	later passes to cfg80211_probe_status().
+ *
+ * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs.
+ *
+ * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface.
+ *	For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single
+ *	current monitoring channel.
+ *
+ * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device.
+ * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device.
+ *
+ * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode.
+ *	Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations
+ *	and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver
+ *	this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL
+ *	when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which
+ *	advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback.
+ *
+ * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver.
+ *
+ * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC
+ *	was finished on another phy.
+ *
+ * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the
+ *	driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be
+ *	used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames.
+ *
+ * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability
+ *	for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the
+ *	driver can take the most appropriate actions.
+ * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link
+ *	reliability. This operation can not fail.
+ * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters.
+ *
+ * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is
+ *	responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is
+ *	inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later
+ *	with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept
+ *	everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them
+ *	as soon as possible.
+ *
+ * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver
+ *
+ * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the
+ *	given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width
+ *	changes during the lifetime of the BSS.
+ *
+ * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device
+ *	with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by
+ *	userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into
+ *	account.
+ *	If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure
+ *	the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return
+ *	success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake
+ *	with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later
+ *	rejected)
+ * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS
+ *
+ * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters
+ *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
+ * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network
+ *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
+ *
+ * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
+ *	is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
+ *	and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP.
+ * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
+ *	peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
+ * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface.
+ * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface.
+ * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure.
+ *	On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and
+ *	it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver
+ *	should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling
+ *	cfg80211_free_nan_func().
+ *	On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the
+ *	provided @nan_func.
+ * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function.
+ * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must
+ *	be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes);
+ *	All other parameters must be ignored.
+ *
+ * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS
+ *
+ * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this
+ *      function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise.
+ *
+ * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake.
+ *	If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect
+ *	upon which the driver should clear it.
+ *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
+ * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator.
+ *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
+ *
+ * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from
+ *     user space
+ *
+ * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL).  The noencrypt parameter
+ *	tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted.
+ *
+ * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
+ *	Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
+ * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM)
+ * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement
+ *
+ * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME
+ *	but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated
+ *	DH IE through this interface.
+ *
+ * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame
+ *	and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm.
+ * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific
+ *	This callback may sleep.
+ * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the
+ *	given TIDs. This callback may sleep.
+ *
+ * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings.
+ *
+ * @color_change: Initiate a color change.
+ *
+ * @set_fils_aad: Set FILS AAD data to the AP driver so that the driver can use
+ *	those to decrypt (Re)Association Request and encrypt (Re)Association
+ *	Response frame.
+ *
+ * @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for
+ *	radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit
+ *	or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev.
+ *	Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime
+ *	switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected
+ *	radar channel.
+ *	The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to
+ *	disable background CAC/radar detection.
+ * @add_link_station: Add a link to a station.
+ * @mod_link_station: Modify a link of a station.
+ * @del_link_station: Remove a link of a station.
+ */
+struct cfg80211_ops {
+	int	(*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow);
+	int	(*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
+	void	(*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled);
+
+	struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+						  const char *name,
+						  unsigned char name_assign_type,
+						  enum nl80211_iftype type,
+						  struct vif_params *params);
+	int	(*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				    struct wireless_dev *wdev);
+	int	(*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				       struct net_device *dev,
+				       enum nl80211_iftype type,
+				       struct vif_params *params);
+
+	int	(*add_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+				 unsigned int link_id);
+	void	(*del_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+				 unsigned int link_id);
+
+	int	(*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
+			   int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise,
+			   const u8 *mac_addr, struct key_params *params);
+	int	(*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
+			   int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise,
+			   const u8 *mac_addr, void *cookie,
+			   void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*));
+	int	(*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
+			   int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise,
+			   const u8 *mac_addr);
+	int	(*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				   struct net_device *netdev, int link_id,
+				   u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast);
+	int	(*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+					struct net_device *netdev, int link_id,
+					u8 key_index);
+	int	(*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+					  struct net_device *netdev,
+					  int link_id,
+					  u8 key_index);
+
+	int	(*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+			    struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings);
+	int	(*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+				 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info);
+	int	(*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+			   unsigned int link_id);
+
+
+	int	(*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+			       const u8 *mac,
+			       struct station_parameters *params);
+	int	(*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+			       struct station_del_parameters *params);
+	int	(*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+				  const u8 *mac,
+				  struct station_parameters *params);
+	int	(*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+			       const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
+	int	(*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+				int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
+
+	int	(*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+			       const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
+	int	(*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+			       const u8 *dst);
+	int	(*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+				  const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
+	int	(*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+			     u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
+	int	(*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+			      int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop,
+			      struct mpath_info *pinfo);
+	int	(*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+			   u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
+	int	(*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+			    int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp,
+			    struct mpath_info *pinfo);
+	int	(*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				struct net_device *dev,
+				struct mesh_config *conf);
+	int	(*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				      struct net_device *dev, u32 mask,
+				      const struct mesh_config *nconf);
+	int	(*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+			     const struct mesh_config *conf,
+			     const struct mesh_setup *setup);
+	int	(*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
+
+	int	(*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+			    struct ocb_setup *setup);
+	int	(*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
+
+	int	(*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+			      struct bss_parameters *params);
+
+	int	(*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+				  struct ieee80211_txq_params *params);
+
+	int	(*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+					     struct net_device *dev,
+					     struct ieee80211_channel *chan);
+
+	int	(*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
+
+	int	(*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+			struct cfg80211_scan_request *request);
+	void	(*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
+
+	int	(*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+			struct cfg80211_auth_request *req);
+	int	(*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+			 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req);
+	int	(*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+			  struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req);
+	int	(*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+			    struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req);
+
+	int	(*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+			   struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme);
+	int	(*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+					 struct net_device *dev,
+					 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme,
+					 u32 changed);
+	int	(*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+			      u16 reason_code);
+
+	int	(*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+			     struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params);
+	int	(*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
+
+	int	(*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+				  int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]);
+
+	int	(*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed);
+
+	int	(*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+				enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm);
+	int	(*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+				int *dbm);
+
+	void	(*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
+	int	(*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+				void *data, int len);
+	int	(*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb,
+				 struct netlink_callback *cb,
+				 void *data, int len);
+#endif
+
+	int	(*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				    struct net_device *dev,
+				    unsigned int link_id,
+				    const u8 *peer,
+				    const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
+
+	int	(*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
+			int idx, struct survey_info *info);
+
+	int	(*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
+			     struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
+	int	(*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
+			     struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
+	int	(*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev);
+
+	int	(*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				     struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+				     struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
+				     unsigned int duration,
+				     u64 *cookie);
+	int	(*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+					    struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+					    u64 cookie);
+
+	int	(*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+			   struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params,
+			   u64 *cookie);
+	int	(*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+				       u64 cookie);
+
+	int	(*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+				  bool enabled, int timeout);
+
+	int	(*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				       struct net_device *dev,
+				       s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst);
+
+	int	(*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+					     struct net_device *dev,
+					     s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high);
+
+	int	(*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				      struct net_device *dev,
+				      u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl);
+
+	void	(*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+						   struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+						   struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd);
+
+	int	(*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
+	int	(*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
+
+	int	(*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				struct net_device *dev,
+				struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request);
+	int	(*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+				   u64 reqid);
+
+	int	(*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+				  struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
+
+	int	(*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+			     const u8 *peer, u8 action_code,  u8 dialog_token,
+			     u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability,
+			     bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
+	int	(*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+			     const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper);
+
+	int	(*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+				const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie);
+
+	int	(*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				  struct net_device *dev,
+				  u16 noack_map);
+
+	int	(*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+			       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+			       unsigned int link_id,
+			       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
+
+	int	(*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				    struct wireless_dev *wdev);
+	void	(*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				   struct wireless_dev *wdev);
+
+	int	(*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+			       const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params);
+
+	int	(*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+					 struct net_device *dev,
+					 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
+					 u32 cac_time_ms);
+	void	(*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				struct net_device *dev);
+	int	(*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+				 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie);
+	int	(*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				    struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+				    enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol,
+				    u16 duration);
+	void	(*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				   struct wireless_dev *wdev);
+	int	(*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce);
+
+	int	(*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				  struct net_device *dev,
+				  struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params);
+
+	int     (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+			       struct net_device *dev,
+			       struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
+
+	int	(*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+				    unsigned int link_id,
+				    struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
+
+	int	(*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+			     u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio,
+			     u16 admitted_time);
+	int	(*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+			     u8 tsid, const u8 *peer);
+
+	int	(*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				       struct net_device *dev,
+				       const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class,
+				       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
+	void	(*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+					      struct net_device *dev,
+					      const u8 *addr);
+	int	(*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+			     struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
+	void	(*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
+	int	(*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+				struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
+	void	(*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+			       u64 cookie);
+	int	(*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				   struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+				   struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf,
+				   u32 changes);
+
+	int	(*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+					    struct net_device *dev,
+					    const bool enabled);
+
+	int	(*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+				 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats);
+
+	int	(*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+			   const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf);
+	int	(*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+			   const u8 *aa);
+	int     (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+				 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params);
+
+	int	(*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				   struct net_device *dev,
+				   const u8 *buf, size_t len,
+				   const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto,
+				   const bool noencrypt, int link_id,
+				   u64 *cookie);
+
+	int	(*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				struct net_device *dev,
+				struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
+
+	int	(*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+			      struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
+	void	(*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+			      struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
+	int	(*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+				   struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info);
+	int	(*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+				   const u8 *buf, size_t len);
+	int     (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+				  struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf);
+	int	(*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+				    const u8 *peer, u8 tids);
+	int	(*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				 struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar);
+	int	(*color_change)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				struct net_device *dev,
+				struct cfg80211_color_change_settings *params);
+	int     (*set_fils_aad)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+				struct cfg80211_fils_aad *fils_aad);
+	int	(*set_radar_background)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+					struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
+	int	(*add_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+				    struct link_station_parameters *params);
+	int	(*mod_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+				    struct link_station_parameters *params);
+	int	(*del_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
+				    struct link_station_del_parameters *params);
+};
+
+/*
+ * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures
+ * and registration/helper functions
+ */
+
+/**
+ * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags
+ *
+ * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split
+ *	 into two, first for legacy bands and second for UHB.
+ * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this
+ *	wiphy at all
+ * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled
+ *	by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default
+ *	on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good
+ *	reason to override the default
+ * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station
+ *	on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of
+ *	supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype.
+ * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station
+ * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the
+ *	control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the
+ *	control_port_no_encrypt flag.
+ * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN.
+ * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing
+ *	auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH.
+ * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the
+ *	firmware.
+ * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP.
+ * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation.
+ * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z)
+ *	link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and
+ *	teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT
+ *	command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
+ *	used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation.
+ * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME
+ * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes
+ *	when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling
+ *	cfg80211_report_obss_beacon().
+ * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device
+ *	responds to probe-requests in hardware.
+ * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX.
+ * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call.
+ * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels.
+ * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in
+ *	beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...).
+ * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation
+ *	before connection.
+ * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys
+ * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO: This is a temporary flag gating the MLO APIs,
+ *	in order to not have them reachable in normal drivers, until we have
+ *	complete feature/interface combinations/etc. advertisement. No driver
+ *	should set this flag for now.
+ */
+enum wiphy_flags {
+	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK		= BIT(0),
+	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO			= BIT(1),
+	WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ		= BIT(2),
+	WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK			= BIT(3),
+	WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT		= BIT(4),
+	WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP			= BIT(5),
+	WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION		= BIT(6),
+	WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL	= BIT(7),
+	WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN			= BIT(8),
+	WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH			= BIT(10),
+	/* use hole at 11 */
+	/* use hole at 12 */
+	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM		= BIT(13),
+	WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD			= BIT(14),
+	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS		= BIT(15),
+	WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP		= BIT(16),
+	WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME			= BIT(17),
+	WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS			= BIT(18),
+	WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD	= BIT(19),
+	WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX			= BIT(20),
+	WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL	= BIT(21),
+	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ		= BIT(22),
+	WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH		= BIT(23),
+	WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP		= BIT(24),
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types
+ * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types
+ * @types: interface types (bits)
+ */
+struct ieee80211_iface_limit {
+	u16 max;
+	u16 types;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination
+ *
+ * With this structure the driver can describe which interface
+ * combinations it supports concurrently.
+ *
+ * Examples:
+ *
+ * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total:
+ *
+ *    .. code-block:: c
+ *
+ *	struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = {
+ *		{ .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
+ *		{ .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, },
+ *	};
+ *	struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = {
+ *		.limits = limits1,
+ *		.n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1),
+ *		.max_interfaces = 2,
+ *		.beacon_int_infra_match = true,
+ *	};
+ *
+ *
+ * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total:
+ *
+ *    .. code-block:: c
+ *
+ *	struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = {
+ *		{ .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) |
+ *				     BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), },
+ *	};
+ *	struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = {
+ *		.limits = limits2,
+ *		.n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2),
+ *		.max_interfaces = 8,
+ *		.num_different_channels = 1,
+ *	};
+ *
+ *
+ * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total.
+ *
+ *    This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections.
+ *
+ *    .. code-block:: c
+ *
+ *	struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = {
+ *		{ .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
+ *		{ .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) |
+ *				     BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), },
+ *	};
+ *	struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = {
+ *		.limits = limits3,
+ *		.n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3),
+ *		.max_interfaces = 4,
+ *		.num_different_channels = 2,
+ *	};
+ *
+ */
+struct ieee80211_iface_combination {
+	/**
+	 * @limits:
+	 * limits for the given interface types
+	 */
+	const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits;
+
+	/**
+	 * @num_different_channels:
+	 * can use up to this many different channels
+	 */
+	u32 num_different_channels;
+
+	/**
+	 * @max_interfaces:
+	 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group
+	 */
+	u16 max_interfaces;
+
+	/**
+	 * @n_limits:
+	 * number of limitations
+	 */
+	u8 n_limits;
+
+	/**
+	 * @beacon_int_infra_match:
+	 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure
+	 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases.
+	 */
+	bool beacon_int_infra_match;
+
+	/**
+	 * @radar_detect_widths:
+	 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection
+	 */
+	u8 radar_detect_widths;
+
+	/**
+	 * @radar_detect_regions:
+	 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection
+	 */
+	u8 radar_detect_regions;
+
+	/**
+	 * @beacon_int_min_gcd:
+	 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals.
+	 *
+	 * = 0
+	 *   all beacon intervals for different interface must be same.
+	 * > 0
+	 *   any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND
+	 *   GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this
+	 *   combination must be greater or equal to this value.
+	 */
+	u32 beacon_int_min_gcd;
+};
+
+struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes {
+	u16 tx, rx;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags
+ * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any"
+ *	trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and
+ *	wakes up the host on any activity, for example a
+ *	received packet that passed filtering; note that the
+ *	packet should be preserved in that case
+ * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet
+ *	(see nl80211.h)
+ * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect
+ * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep
+ * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure
+ * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request
+ * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure
+ * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release
+ * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection
+ */
+enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags {
+	WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY		= BIT(0),
+	WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT		= BIT(1),
+	WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT		= BIT(2),
+	WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY	= BIT(3),
+	WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE	= BIT(4),
+	WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ	= BIT(5),
+	WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE	= BIT(6),
+	WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE	= BIT(7),
+	WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT		= BIT(8),
+};
+
+struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support {
+	const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok;
+	u32 data_payload_max;
+	u32 data_interval_max;
+	u32 wake_payload_max;
+	bool seq;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data
+ * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags
+ * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns
+ *	(see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
+ * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
+ * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
+ * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
+ * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect,
+ *	similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for
+ *	scheduled scans.
+ *	See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more
+ *	details.
+ * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information
+ */
+struct wiphy_wowlan_support {
+	u32 flags;
+	int n_patterns;
+	int pattern_max_len;
+	int pattern_min_len;
+	int max_pkt_offset;
+	int max_nd_match_sets;
+	const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data
+ * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules
+ * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
+ * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule
+ *	(see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
+ * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
+ * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
+ * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
+ */
+struct wiphy_coalesce_support {
+	int n_rules;
+	int max_delay;
+	int n_patterns;
+	int pattern_max_len;
+	int pattern_min_len;
+	int max_pkt_offset;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands
+ * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev
+ * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev
+ * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running
+ *	(must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV)
+ */
+enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags {
+	WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0),
+	WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1),
+	WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2),
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags
+ *
+ * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed
+ * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed
+ * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed
+ *
+ */
+enum wiphy_opmode_flag {
+	STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED	= BIT(0),
+	STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED	= BIT(1),
+	STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED		= BIT(2),
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information
+ * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag
+ * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station
+ * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station
+ * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station
+ */
+
+struct sta_opmode_info {
+	u32 changed;
+	enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
+	enum nl80211_chan_width bw;
+	u8 rx_nss;
+};
+
+#define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA))
+
+/**
+ * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition
+ * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211
+ * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags
+ * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the
+ *	flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data
+ *	pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all
+ * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The
+ *	@storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple
+ *	dumpit calls.
+ * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
+ *	Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the
+ *	attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command).
+ * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy
+ * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and
+ * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others
+ * are used with dump requests.
+ */
+struct wiphy_vendor_command {
+	struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info;
+	u32 flags;
+	int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+		    const void *data, int data_len);
+	int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+		      struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len,
+		      unsigned long *storage);
+	const struct nla_policy *policy;
+	unsigned int maxattr;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type
+ * @iftype: interface type
+ * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
+ *	additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the
+ *	802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are
+ *	in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std
+ *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields.
+ * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
+ * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
+ * @eml_capabilities: EML capabilities (for MLO)
+ * @mld_capa_and_ops: MLD capabilities and operations (for MLO)
+ */
+struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab {
+	enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
+	const u8 *extended_capabilities;
+	const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask;
+	u8 extended_capabilities_len;
+	u16 eml_capabilities;
+	u16 mld_capa_and_ops;
+};
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa - lookup interface type extended capability
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy to look up from
+ * @type: the interface type to look up
+ */
+const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *
+cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype type);
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities
+ * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement
+ * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement
+ * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement
+ * @ftm: FTM measurement data
+ * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported
+ * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported
+ * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported
+ * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data
+ * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data
+ * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble)
+ * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width)
+ * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported
+ *	(set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily
+ *	forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick)
+ * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if
+ *	not limited)
+ * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported
+ * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
+ */
+struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities {
+	unsigned int max_peers;
+	u8 report_ap_tsf:1,
+	   randomize_mac_addr:1;
+
+	struct {
+		u32 preambles;
+		u32 bandwidths;
+		s8 max_bursts_exponent;
+		u8 max_ftms_per_burst;
+		u8 supported:1,
+		   asap:1,
+		   non_asap:1,
+		   request_lci:1,
+		   request_civicloc:1,
+		   trigger_based:1,
+		   non_trigger_based:1;
+	} ftm;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm
+ * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the
+ * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites.
+ *
+ * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types
+ * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites
+ * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
+ */
+struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites {
+	u16 iftypes_mask;
+	const u32 *akm_suites;
+	int n_akm_suites;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description
+ * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device
+ * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback,
+ *	note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()
+ *	the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL
+ * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via
+ *	the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver
+ *	on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future
+ *	regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers.
+ * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss.
+ * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites
+ * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites
+ * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if
+ *	the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in
+ *	iftype_akm_suites.
+ * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
+ * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type.
+ *	Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot
+ *	overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all
+ *	instances of iftype_akm_suites).
+ * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm
+ *	suites are specified separately.
+ * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit)
+ * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit)
+ * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold);
+ *	-1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used
+ * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled
+ * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in
+ * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device
+ * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking,
+ *	set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last
+ *	four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual
+ *	variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with
+ *	interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up.
+ * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses.
+ * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer
+ *	to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used
+ *	by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to
+ *	all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle
+ *	the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses.
+ * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against
+ *	unregister hardware
+ * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>).
+ *	It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames
+ * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in
+ *	/sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev()
+ *	(see below).
+ * @wext: wireless extension handlers
+ * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter)
+ * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy,
+ *	must be set by driver
+ * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not
+ *	list single interface types.
+ * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array.
+ * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not
+ *	subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW.
+ * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags
+ * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see
+ *	&enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags
+ * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags.
+ * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see
+ *	&enum nl80211_ext_feature_index.
+ * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it,
+ *	this variable determines its size
+ * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in
+ *	any given scan
+ * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that
+ *	the device can run concurrently.
+ * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan
+ *	for in any given scheduled scan
+ * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle
+ *	when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not
+ *	supported.
+ * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can
+ *	add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not
+ *	include fixed IEs like supported rates
+ * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled
+ *	scans
+ * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number
+ *	of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device.
+ * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a
+ *	single scan plan supported by the device.
+ * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single
+ *	scan plan supported by the device.
+ * @coverage_class: current coverage class
+ * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting
+ * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting
+ * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device
+ * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary
+ *	wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers
+ * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device
+ *
+ * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or
+ *	transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface
+ *	type
+ *
+ * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
+ *	configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
+ *	rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set.
+ *
+ * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
+ *	configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
+ *	rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set.
+ *
+ * @probe_resp_offload:
+ *	 Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading.
+ *	 See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
+ *	 when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
+ *
+ * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation
+ *	may request, if implemented.
+ *
+ * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information
+ * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be
+ *	used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed
+ *	to the suspend() operation instead.
+ *
+ * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
+ * @ht_capa_mod_mask:  Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden.
+ *	If null, then none can be over-ridden.
+ * @vht_capa_mod_mask:  Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden.
+ *	If null, then none can be over-ridden.
+ *
+ * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must
+ *	not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection.
+ *
+ * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device
+ *	supports for ACL.
+ *
+ * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
+ *	additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are
+ *	the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element")
+ *	and are in the same format as in the information element. See
+ *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default
+ *	extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified
+ *	for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab.
+ * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
+ * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
+ * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type
+ * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended
+ *	capabilities are specified separately.
+ * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information
+ *
+ * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware
+ * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands
+ * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware
+ * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events
+ *
+ * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode
+ *	(including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The
+ *	driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in
+ *	some cases, but may not always reach.
+ *
+ * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons
+ *	and probe responses.  This value should be set if the driver
+ *	wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means
+ *	infinite.
+ * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported
+ *	by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the
+ *	attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr.
+ *
+ * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a
+ *	bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.  For instance, for
+ *	NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
+ *	(i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
+ *
+ * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit
+ * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit
+ * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum
+ *
+ * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using
+ *	wake_tx_queue
+ *
+ * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP
+ * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not
+ *	HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues.
+ *	@support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect.
+ *
+ * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities
+ *
+ * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the
+ *	device has
+ * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations)
+ *	supported by the driver for each vif
+ * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations)
+ *	supported by the driver for each peer
+ * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for
+ *	long/short retry configuration
+ *
+ * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for
+ *	configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and
+ *	%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes
+ * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities
+ * @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure
+ *
+ * @mbssid_max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces supported by the driver
+ *	in a multiple BSSID set. This field must be set to a non-zero value
+ *	by the driver to advertise MBSSID support.
+ * @ema_max_profile_periodicity: maximum profile periodicity supported by
+ *	the driver. Setting this field to a non-zero value indicates that the
+ *	driver supports enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP).
+ * @max_num_akm_suites: maximum number of AKM suites allowed for
+ *	configuration through %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
+ *	%NL80211_CMD_START_AP. Set to NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES if not set by
+ *	driver. If set by driver minimum allowed value is
+ *	NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES in order to avoid compatibility issues with
+ *	legacy userspace and maximum allowed value is
+ *	CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES.
+ */
+struct wiphy {
+	struct mutex mtx;
+
+	/* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */
+
+	u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN];
+	u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN];
+
+	struct mac_address *addresses;
+
+	const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes;
+
+	const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations;
+	int n_iface_combinations;
+	u16 software_iftypes;
+
+	u16 n_addresses;
+
+	/* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */
+	u16 interface_modes;
+
+	u16 max_acl_mac_addrs;
+
+	u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features;
+	u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)];
+
+	u32 ap_sme_capa;
+
+	enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type;
+
+	int bss_priv_size;
+	u8 max_scan_ssids;
+	u8 max_sched_scan_reqs;
+	u8 max_sched_scan_ssids;
+	u8 max_match_sets;
+	u16 max_scan_ie_len;
+	u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len;
+	u32 max_sched_scan_plans;
+	u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval;
+	u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations;
+
+	int n_cipher_suites;
+	const u32 *cipher_suites;
+
+	int n_akm_suites;
+	const u32 *akm_suites;
+
+	const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites;
+	unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites;
+
+	u8 retry_short;
+	u8 retry_long;
+	u32 frag_threshold;
+	u32 rts_threshold;
+	u8 coverage_class;
+
+	char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN];
+	u32 hw_version;
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_PM
+	const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan;
+	struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config;
+#endif
+
+	u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration;
+
+	u8 max_num_pmkids;
+
+	u32 available_antennas_tx;
+	u32 available_antennas_rx;
+
+	u32 probe_resp_offload;
+
+	const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask;
+	u8 extended_capabilities_len;
+
+	const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab;
+	unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab;
+
+	const void *privid;
+
+	struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
+
+	void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+			     struct regulatory_request *request);
+
+	/* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */
+
+	const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd;
+
+	struct device dev;
+
+	bool registered;
+
+	struct dentry *debugfsdir;
+
+	const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask;
+	const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask;
+
+	struct list_head wdev_list;
+
+	possible_net_t _net;
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
+	const struct iw_handler_def *wext;
+#endif
+
+	const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce;
+
+	const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands;
+	const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events;
+	int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events;
+
+	u16 max_ap_assoc_sta;
+
+	u8 max_num_csa_counters;
+
+	u32 bss_select_support;
+
+	u8 nan_supported_bands;
+
+	u32 txq_limit;
+	u32 txq_memory_limit;
+	u32 txq_quantum;
+
+	unsigned long tx_queue_len;
+
+	u8 support_mbssid:1,
+	   support_only_he_mbssid:1;
+
+	const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa;
+
+	struct {
+		u64 peer, vif;
+		u8 max_retry;
+	} tid_config_support;
+
+	u8 max_data_retry_count;
+
+	const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa;
+
+	struct rfkill *rfkill;
+
+	u8 mbssid_max_interfaces;
+	u8 ema_max_profile_periodicity;
+	u16 max_num_akm_suites;
+
+	char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN);
+};
+
+static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy)
+{
+	return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net);
+}
+
+static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net)
+{
+	write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net);
+}
+
+/**
+ * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy
+ *
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return
+ * Return: The priv of @wiphy.
+ */
+static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy)
+{
+	BUG_ON(!wiphy);
+	return &wiphy->priv;
+}
+
+/**
+ * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv
+ *
+ * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv
+ * Return: The wiphy of @priv.
+ */
+static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv)
+{
+	BUG_ON(!priv);
+	return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv);
+}
+
+/**
+ * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy
+ *
+ * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind
+ * @dev: The device to parent it to
+ */
+static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev)
+{
+	wiphy->dev.parent = dev;
+}
+
+/**
+ * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer
+ *
+ * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up
+ * Return: The dev of @wiphy.
+ */
+static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy)
+{
+	return wiphy->dev.parent;
+}
+
+/**
+ * wiphy_name - get wiphy name
+ *
+ * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return
+ * Return: The name of @wiphy.
+ */
+static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy)
+{
+	return dev_name(&wiphy->dev);
+}
+
+/**
+ * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
+ *
+ * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
+ * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
+ * @requested_name: Request a particular name.
+ *	NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming.
+ *
+ * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
+ * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
+ *
+ * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
+ * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
+ */
+struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv,
+			   const char *requested_name);
+
+/**
+ * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
+ *
+ * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
+ * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
+ *
+ * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
+ * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
+ *
+ * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
+ * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
+ */
+static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops,
+				      int sizeof_priv)
+{
+	return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL);
+}
+
+/**
+ * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211
+ *
+ * @wiphy: The wiphy to register.
+ *
+ * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code.
+ */
+int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy);
+
+/* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */
+#define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx)
+
+/**
+ * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on
+ * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing
+ *
+ * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock()
+ * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference().
+ */
+#define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p)				\
+        rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx))
+
+/**
+ * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on
+ * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing
+ *
+ * Return the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the
+ * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates.
+ */
+#define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p)				\
+        rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx))
+
+/**
+ * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from
+ */
+const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy);
+
+/**
+ * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211
+ *
+ * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister.
+ *
+ * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv
+ * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding
+ * request that is being handled.
+ */
+void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy);
+
+/**
+ * wiphy_free - free wiphy
+ *
+ * @wiphy: The wiphy to free
+ */
+void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy);
+
+/* internal structs */
+struct cfg80211_conn;
+struct cfg80211_internal_bss;
+struct cfg80211_cached_keys;
+struct cfg80211_cqm_config;
+
+/**
+ * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock
+ *
+ * This is needed around registering and unregistering netdevs that
+ * aren't created through cfg80211 calls, since that requires locking
+ * in cfg80211 when the notifiers is called, but that cannot
+ * differentiate which way it's called.
+ *
+ * It can also be used by drivers for their own purposes.
+ *
+ * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked.
+ *
+ * Note that this makes sure that no workers that have been queued
+ * with wiphy_queue_work() are running.
+ */
+static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy)
+	__acquires(&wiphy->mtx)
+{
+	mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx);
+	__acquire(&wiphy->mtx);
+}
+
+/**
+ * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock
+ */
+static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy)
+	__releases(&wiphy->mtx)
+{
+	__release(&wiphy->mtx);
+	mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx);
+}
+
+struct wiphy_work;
+typedef void (*wiphy_work_func_t)(struct wiphy *, struct wiphy_work *);
+
+struct wiphy_work {
+	struct list_head entry;
+	wiphy_work_func_t func;
+};
+
+static inline void wiphy_work_init(struct wiphy_work *work,
+				   wiphy_work_func_t func)
+{
+	INIT_LIST_HEAD(&work->entry);
+	work->func = func;
+}
+
+/**
+ * wiphy_work_queue - queue work for the wiphy
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for
+ * @work: the work item
+ *
+ * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work
+ * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be
+ * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running
+ * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can
+ * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires
+ * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock().
+ */
+void wiphy_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work);
+
+/**
+ * wiphy_work_cancel - cancel previously queued work
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes
+ * @work: the work to cancel
+ *
+ * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being
+ * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock().
+ */
+void wiphy_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work);
+
+/**
+ * wiphy_work_flush - flush previously queued work
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes
+ * @work: the work to flush, this can be %NULL to flush all work
+ *
+ * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called
+ * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock().
+ */
+void wiphy_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work);
+
+struct wiphy_delayed_work {
+	struct wiphy_work work;
+	struct wiphy *wiphy;
+	struct timer_list timer;
+};
+
+void wiphy_delayed_work_timer(struct timer_list *t);
+
+static inline void wiphy_delayed_work_init(struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork,
+					   wiphy_work_func_t func)
+{
+	timer_setup(&dwork->timer, wiphy_delayed_work_timer, 0);
+	wiphy_work_init(&dwork->work, func);
+}
+
+/**
+ * wiphy_delayed_work_queue - queue delayed work for the wiphy
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for
+ * @dwork: the delayable worker
+ * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing
+ *
+ * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work
+ * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be
+ * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running
+ * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can
+ * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires
+ * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock().
+ */
+void wiphy_delayed_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+			      struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork,
+			      unsigned long delay);
+
+/**
+ * wiphy_delayed_work_cancel - cancel previously queued delayed work
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes
+ * @dwork: the delayed work to cancel
+ *
+ * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being
+ * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock().
+ */
+void wiphy_delayed_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+			       struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork);
+
+/**
+ * wiphy_delayed_work_flush - flush previously queued delayed work
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes
+ * @work: the work to flush
+ *
+ * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called
+ * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock().
+ */
+void wiphy_delayed_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+			      struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork);
+
+/**
+ * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state
+ *
+ * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver
+ * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this
+ * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.)
+ * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will
+ * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device,
+ * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or
+ * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops
+ * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.)
+ *
+ * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver
+ * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as
+ * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be
+ * allocated outside of callback operations that return it.
+ *
+ * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description
+ * @iftype: interface type
+ * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211
+ * @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock
+ *	for the notifier
+ * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces
+ * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL
+ * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this
+ *	wireless device if it has no netdev
+ * @u: union containing data specific to @iftype
+ * @connected: indicates if connected or not (STA mode)
+ * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
+ * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code
+ * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling
+ * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data
+ * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data
+ * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association
+ * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements
+ * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID
+ * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID
+ * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index
+ * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index
+ * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation
+ * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity
+ * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be
+ *	set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the
+ *	netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update
+ *	by cfg80211 on change_interface
+ * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames
+ * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated,
+ *	need to propagate the update to the driver
+ * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers
+ *	and some API functions require it held
+ * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting
+ *	beacons, 0 when not valid
+ * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL
+ * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g.
+ *	the P2P Device.
+ * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started
+ * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
+ * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms
+ * @ps: powersave mode is enabled
+ * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout
+ * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application
+ *	registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode)
+ * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data
+ * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established
+ * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type
+ * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID
+ * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work
+ * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect
+ * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing
+ * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list
+ * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID
+ * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away
+ * @cqm_rssi_work: (private) CQM RSSI reporting work
+ * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state
+ * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests
+ * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock
+ * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work
+ * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last
+ *	unprotected beacon report
+ * @links: array of %IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS elements containing @addr
+ *	@ap and @client for each link
+ * @valid_links: bitmap describing what elements of @links are valid
+ */
+struct wireless_dev {
+	struct wiphy *wiphy;
+	enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
+
+	/* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */
+	struct list_head list;
+	struct net_device *netdev;
+
+	u32 identifier;
+
+	struct list_head mgmt_registrations;
+	u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1;
+
+	struct mutex mtx;
+
+	bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering;
+
+	u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16));
+
+	/* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */
+	struct cfg80211_conn *conn;
+	struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys;
+	enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type;
+	u32 conn_owner_nlportid;
+
+	struct work_struct disconnect_wk;
+	u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
+
+	struct list_head event_list;
+	spinlock_t event_lock;
+
+	u8 connected:1;
+
+	bool ps;
+	int ps_timeout;
+
+	u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid;
+
+	u32 owner_nlportid;
+	bool nl_owner_dead;
+
+	/* FIXME: need to rework radar detection for MLO */
+	bool cac_started;
+	unsigned long cac_start_time;
+	unsigned int cac_time_ms;
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
+	/* wext data */
+	struct {
+		struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss;
+		struct cfg80211_connect_params connect;
+		struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys;
+		const u8 *ie;
+		size_t ie_len;
+		u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
+		u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
+		u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
+		s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key;
+		bool prev_bssid_valid;
+	} wext;
+#endif
+
+	struct wiphy_work cqm_rssi_work;
+	struct cfg80211_cqm_config __rcu *cqm_config;
+
+	struct list_head pmsr_list;
+	spinlock_t pmsr_lock;
+	struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk;
+
+	unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported;
+
+	union {
+		struct {
+			u8 connected_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
+			u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
+			u8 ssid_len;
+		} client;
+		struct {
+			int beacon_interval;
+			struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef;
+			struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
+			u8 id[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
+			u8 id_len, id_up_len;
+		} mesh;
+		struct {
+			struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef;
+			u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
+			u8 ssid_len;
+		} ap;
+		struct {
+			struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss;
+			struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
+			int beacon_interval;
+			u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
+			u8 ssid_len;
+		} ibss;
+		struct {
+			struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
+		} ocb;
+	} u;
+
+	struct {
+		u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
+		union {
+			struct {
+				unsigned int beacon_interval;
+				struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
+			} ap;
+			struct {
+				struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss;
+			} client;
+		};
+	} links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
+	u16 valid_links;
+};
+
+static inline const u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
+{
+	if (wdev->netdev)
+		return wdev->netdev->dev_addr;
+	return wdev->address;
+}
+
+static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
+{
+	if (wdev->netdev)
+		return netif_running(wdev->netdev);
+	return wdev->is_running;
+}
+
+/**
+ * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev
+ *
+ * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return
+ * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev.
+ */
+static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
+{
+	BUG_ON(!wdev);
+	return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy);
+}
+
+/**
+ * wdev_chandef - return chandef pointer from wireless_dev
+ * @wdev: the wdev
+ * @link_id: the link ID for MLO
+ *
+ * Return: The chandef depending on the mode, or %NULL.
+ */
+struct cfg80211_chan_def *wdev_chandef(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+				       unsigned int link_id);
+
+static inline void WARN_INVALID_LINK_ID(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+					unsigned int link_id)
+{
+	WARN_ON(link_id && !wdev->valid_links);
+	WARN_ON(wdev->valid_links &&
+		!(wdev->valid_links & BIT(link_id)));
+}
+
+#define for_each_valid_link(link_info, link_id)			\
+	for (link_id = 0;					\
+	     link_id < ((link_info)->valid_links ?		\
+			ARRAY_SIZE((link_info)->links) : 1);	\
+	     link_id++)						\
+		if (!(link_info)->valid_links ||		\
+		    ((link_info)->valid_links & BIT(link_id)))
+
+/**
+ * DOC: Utility functions
+ *
+ * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel
+ *
+ * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel
+ * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel
+ * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b
+ */
+static inline bool
+ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a,
+			struct ieee80211_channel *b)
+{
+	return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq &&
+		a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset);
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz
+ * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert
+ * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz)
+ */
+static inline u32
+ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan)
+{
+	return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset;
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_s1g_channel_width - get allowed channel width from @chan
+ *
+ * Only allowed for band NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ
+ * @chan: channel
+ * Return: The allowed channel width for this center_freq
+ */
+enum nl80211_chan_width
+ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency
+ * @chan: channel number
+ * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
+ * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
+ */
+u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency
+ * @chan: channel number
+ * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
+ * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
+ */
+static inline int
+ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band)
+{
+	return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band));
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
+ * @freq: center frequency in KHz
+ * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
+ */
+int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
+ * @freq: center frequency in MHz
+ * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
+ */
+static inline int
+ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq)
+{
+	return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq));
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified
+ * frequency
+ * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
+ * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel
+ * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
+ */
+struct ieee80211_channel *
+ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency
+ *
+ * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
+ * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel
+ * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
+ */
+static inline struct ieee80211_channel *
+ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq)
+{
+	return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq));
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC
+ * @chan: control channel to check
+ *
+ * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in
+ * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3
+ */
+static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan)
+{
+	if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ)
+		return false;
+
+	return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5;
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate
+ *
+ * @sband: the band to look for rates in
+ * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates
+ * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate
+ *
+ * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that
+ * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map,
+ * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of
+ * rates in the band's bitrate table.
+ */
+const struct ieee80211_rate *
+ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
+			    u32 basic_rates, int bitrate);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band
+ * @sband: the band to look for rates in
+ * @scan_width: width of the control channel
+ *
+ * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given
+ * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array.
+ */
+u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
+			      enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width);
+
+/*
+ * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support
+ *
+ * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c
+ * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst
+ */
+
+struct radiotap_align_size {
+	uint8_t align:4, size:4;
+};
+
+struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace {
+	const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size;
+	int n_bits;
+	uint32_t oui;
+	uint8_t subns;
+};
+
+struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces {
+	const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns;
+	int n_ns;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args
+ * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call
+ *	to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next()
+ * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each
+ *	call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after
+ *	ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to
+ *	the beginning of the actual data portion
+ * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience
+ * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition
+ *	(or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown)
+ * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default
+ *	radiotap namespace or not
+ *
+ * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through
+ * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering
+ * @_arg_index: next argument index
+ * @_arg: next argument pointer
+ * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32
+ * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present
+ * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions
+ * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data
+ * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the
+ *	next bitmap word
+ *
+ * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore
+ * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally.
+ */
+
+struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator {
+	struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader;
+	const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns;
+	const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace;
+
+	unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data;
+	__le32 *_next_bitmap;
+
+	unsigned char *this_arg;
+	int this_arg_index;
+	int this_arg_size;
+
+	int is_radiotap_ns;
+
+	int _max_length;
+	int _arg_index;
+	uint32_t _bitmap_shifter;
+	int _reset_on_ext;
+};
+
+int
+ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator,
+				 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header,
+				 int max_length,
+				 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns);
+
+int
+ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator);
+
+
+extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6];
+extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6];
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data
+ *
+ * @skb: the frame
+ *
+ * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function
+ * returns the 802.11 header length.
+ *
+ * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption
+ * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid
+ * 802.11 header.
+ */
+unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control
+ * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format
+ * Return: The header length in bytes.
+ */
+unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length
+ * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field
+ *	(first byte) will be accessed
+ * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at
+ * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present.
+ */
+unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr);
+
+/**
+ * DOC: Data path helpers
+ *
+ * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers
+ * functions that help implement the data path for devices
+ * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
+ * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
+ * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead
+ *	of it being pushed into the SKB
+ * @addr: the device MAC address
+ * @iftype: the virtual interface type
+ * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header
+ * @is_amsdu: true if the 802.11 header is A-MSDU
+ * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
+ */
+int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr,
+				  const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
+				  u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
+ * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
+ * @addr: the device MAC address
+ * @iftype: the virtual interface type
+ * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
+ */
+static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr,
+					 enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
+{
+	return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0, false);
+}
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame
+ *
+ * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames.
+ * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully
+ * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function.
+ *
+ * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers.
+ * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and
+ *	initialized by the caller.
+ * @addr: The device MAC address.
+ * @iftype: The device interface type.
+ * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list.
+ * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
+ * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
+ */
+void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list,
+			      const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
+			      const unsigned int extra_headroom,
+			      const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame
+ * @skb: the data frame
+ * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use
+ * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag.
+ */
+unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb,
+				    struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data
+ *
+ * @eid: element ID
+ * @ies: data consisting of IEs
+ * @len: length of data
+ * @match: byte array to match
+ * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
+ * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match.
+ *	Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers
+ *	the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take
+ *	the data portion instead.
+ *
+ * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
+ * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
+ * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
+ * requested element struct.
+ *
+ * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
+ * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
+ * byte array to match.
+ */
+const struct element *
+cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
+			 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
+			 unsigned int match_offset);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data
+ *
+ * @eid: element ID
+ * @ies: data consisting of IEs
+ * @len: length of data
+ * @match: byte array to match
+ * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
+ * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match.
+ *	If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero.
+ *	Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first
+ *	byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and
+ *	the second byte is the IE length.
+ *
+ * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
+ * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
+ * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first
+ * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
+ * element ID.
+ *
+ * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
+ * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
+ * byte array to match.
+ */
+static inline const u8 *
+cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
+		       const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
+		       unsigned int match_offset)
+{
+	/* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is
+	 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well.
+	 */
+	if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) ||
+		    (!match_len && match_offset)))
+		return NULL;
+
+	return (const void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len,
+						      match, match_len,
+						      match_offset ?
+							match_offset - 2 : 0);
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data
+ *
+ * @eid: element ID
+ * @ies: data consisting of IEs
+ * @len: length of data
+ *
+ * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
+ * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
+ * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
+ * requested element struct.
+ *
+ * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
+ * having to fit into the given data.
+ */
+static inline const struct element *
+cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
+{
+	return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data
+ *
+ * @eid: element ID
+ * @ies: data consisting of IEs
+ * @len: length of data
+ *
+ * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
+ * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
+ * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
+ * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
+ *
+ * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
+ * having to fit into the given data.
+ */
+static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
+{
+	return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data
+ *
+ * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
+ * @ies: data consisting of IEs
+ * @len: length of data
+ *
+ * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if
+ * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
+ * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
+ * requested element struct.
+ *
+ * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
+ * having to fit into the given data.
+ */
+static inline const struct element *
+cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
+{
+	return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
+					&ext_eid, 1, 0);
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data
+ *
+ * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
+ * @ies: data consisting of IEs
+ * @len: length of data
+ *
+ * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if
+ * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
+ * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
+ * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
+ *
+ * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
+ * having to fit into the given data.
+ */
+static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
+{
+	return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
+				      &ext_eid, 1, 2);
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data
+ *
+ * @oui: vendor OUI
+ * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
+ * @ies: data consisting of IEs
+ * @len: length of data
+ *
+ * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
+ * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise
+ * return the element structure for the requested element.
+ *
+ * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
+ * the given data.
+ */
+const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
+						const u8 *ies,
+						unsigned int len);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data
+ *
+ * @oui: vendor OUI
+ * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
+ * @ies: data consisting of IEs
+ * @len: length of data
+ *
+ * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
+ * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to
+ * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
+ * element ID.
+ *
+ * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
+ * the given data.
+ */
+static inline const u8 *
+cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
+			const u8 *ies, unsigned int len)
+{
+	return (const void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len);
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame
+ *
+ * @dev: network device
+ * @addr: STA MAC address
+ *
+ * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge
+ * devices upon STA association.
+ */
+void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
+
+/**
+ * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure
+ *
+ * TODO
+ */
+
+/**
+ * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain
+ * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting
+ *	conflicts)
+ * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain
+ *	should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you
+ *	set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted
+ *	alpha2.
+ *
+ * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core
+ * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by
+ * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory
+ * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain.
+ * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried
+ * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country.
+ *
+ * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call.
+ * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(),
+ * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw().
+ *
+ * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
+ * an -ENOMEM.
+ *
+ * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM.
+ */
+int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2);
+
+/**
+ * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers
+ * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
+ * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy
+ *
+ * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they
+ * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more
+ * information.
+ *
+ * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
+ */
+int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+			      struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
+
+/**
+ * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers
+ * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
+ * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy
+ *
+ * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and
+ * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details
+ * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd().
+ *
+ * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
+ */
+int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				   struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
+
+/**
+ * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain
+ * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
+ * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy
+ *
+ * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply
+ * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory
+ * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The
+ * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous
+ * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a
+ * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled.
+ * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag
+ * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy
+ * that called this helper.
+ */
+void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				   const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd);
+
+/**
+ * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for
+ * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for
+ *
+ * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on
+ * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain
+ * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received
+ * and processed already.
+ *
+ * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule
+ * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to
+ * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return
+ * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even
+ * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band.
+ * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is
+ * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific.
+ */
+const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+					       u32 center_freq);
+
+/**
+ * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name
+ * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator
+ *
+ * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a
+ * proper string representation.
+ */
+const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator);
+
+/**
+ * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom
+ * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked.
+ *
+ * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI).
+ */
+bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy);
+
+/**
+ * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ * reg_query_regdb_wmm -  Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule
+ * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively
+ *
+ * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried.
+ * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried.
+ * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db.
+ *
+ * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to  query
+ * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given
+ * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations.
+ *
+ * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
+ * an -ENODATA.
+ *
+ * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA.
+ */
+int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq,
+			struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule);
+
+/*
+ * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification
+ * functions and BSS handling helpers
+ */
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished
+ *
+ * @request: the corresponding scan request
+ * @info: information about the completed scan
+ */
+void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request,
+			struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available
+ *
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results
+ * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
+ */
+void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
+ *
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
+ * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
+ *
+ * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
+ * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason.  The driver
+ * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
+ */
+void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
+ *
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
+ * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
+ *
+ * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
+ * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason.  The driver
+ * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
+ * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held.
+ */
+void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
+ * @data: the BSS metadata
+ * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon)
+ * @len: length of the management frame
+ * @gfp: context flags
+ *
+ * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
+ * the BSS should be updated/added.
+ *
+ * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
+ * Or %NULL on error.
+ */
+struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
+cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+			       struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
+			       struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
+			       gfp_t gfp);
+
+static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
+cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
+				enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
+				struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
+				s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
+{
+	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
+		.chan = rx_channel,
+		.scan_width = scan_width,
+		.signal = signal,
+	};
+
+	return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
+}
+
+static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
+cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+			  struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
+			  struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
+			  s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
+{
+	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
+		.chan = rx_channel,
+		.scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
+		.signal = signal,
+	};
+
+	return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID
+ * @bssid: transmitter BSSID
+ * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element
+ * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element
+ * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID
+ */
+static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid,
+					  u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid)
+{
+	u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid);
+	u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0);
+	u64 new_bssid_u64;
+
+	new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask;
+
+	new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask;
+
+	u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid);
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited
+ * @element: element to check
+ * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element
+ */
+bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element,
+				   const struct element *non_inherit_element);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs
+ * @ie: ies
+ * @ielen: length of IEs
+ * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element
+ * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile)
+ * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile
+ * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length
+ */
+size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
+			      const struct element *mbssid_elem,
+			      const struct element *sub_elem,
+			      u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len);
+
+/**
+ * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from
+ * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is
+ *	from a beacon or probe response
+ * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon
+ * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response
+ */
+enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type {
+	CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN,
+	CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON,
+	CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP,
+};
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number - returns the channel number from ies
+ * @ie: IEs
+ * @ielen: length of IEs
+ * @band: enum nl80211_band of the channel
+ * @ftype: frame type
+ *
+ * Returns the channel number, or -1 if none could be determined.
+ */
+int cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
+				    enum nl80211_band band,
+				    enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS
+ *
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
+ * @data: the BSS metadata
+ * @ftype: frame type (if known)
+ * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS
+ * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0)
+ * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer
+ * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer
+ * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer
+ * @ielen: length of the additional IEs
+ * @gfp: context flags
+ *
+ * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
+ * the BSS should be updated/added.
+ *
+ * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
+ * Or %NULL on error.
+ */
+struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
+cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+			 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
+			 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
+			 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
+			 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
+			 gfp_t gfp);
+
+static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
+cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+			  struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
+			  enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
+			  enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
+			  const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
+			  u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
+			  s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
+{
+	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
+		.chan = rx_channel,
+		.scan_width = scan_width,
+		.signal = signal,
+	};
+
+	return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
+					capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
+					gfp);
+}
+
+static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
+cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+		    struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
+		    enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
+		    const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
+		    u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
+		    s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
+{
+	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
+		.chan = rx_channel,
+		.scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
+		.signal = signal,
+	};
+
+	return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
+					capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
+					gfp);
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
+ * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL)
+ * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL)
+ * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL)
+ * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0)
+ * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type
+ * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy
+ */
+struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				      struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
+				      const u8 *bssid,
+				      const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
+				      enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type,
+				      enum ieee80211_privacy privacy);
+static inline struct cfg80211_bss *
+cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+		  struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
+		  const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len)
+{
+	return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len,
+				IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
+				IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY);
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
+ * @bss: the BSS struct to reference
+ *
+ * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct.
+ */
+void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
+ * @bss: the BSS struct
+ *
+ * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct.
+ */
+void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy
+ * @bss: the bss to remove
+ *
+ * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures
+ * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this
+ * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time
+ * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all.
+ */
+void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries
+ *
+ * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy
+ * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not
+ * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB.
+ *
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy
+ * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel
+ *     of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel.
+ * @iter: the iterator function to call
+ * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function
+ */
+void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+		       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
+		       void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				    struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
+				    void *data),
+		       void *iter_data);
+
+static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width
+cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
+{
+	switch (chandef->width) {
+	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
+		return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5;
+	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
+		return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10;
+	default:
+		return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
+	}
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame
+ * @dev: network device
+ * @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
+ * @len: length of the frame data
+ *
+ * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or
+ * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode.
+ * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must
+ * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
+ * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
+ * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
+ * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed
+ * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used
+ * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function
+ * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead.
+ *
+ * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
+ */
+void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication
+ * @dev: network device
+ * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out
+ *
+ * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's
+ * mutex.
+ */
+void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - association response data
+ * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer
+ *	moves to cfg80211 in the call to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp()
+ * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body)
+ * @len: length of the frame data
+ * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format
+ *	as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
+ * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame
+ * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data
+ * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address (in case of MLO)
+ * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID, use links[0] for
+ *	non-MLO connections
+ */
+struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp {
+	const u8 *buf;
+	size_t len;
+	const u8 *req_ies;
+	size_t req_ies_len;
+	int uapsd_queues;
+	const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
+	struct {
+		const u8 *addr;
+		struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
+	} links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
+};
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response
+ * @dev: network device
+ * @data: association response data, &struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp
+ *
+ * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
+ * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
+ *
+ * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
+ */
+void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev,
+			    struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp *data);
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_assoc_failure - association failure data
+ * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address, or %NULL
+ * @bss: list of BSSes, must use entry 0 for non-MLO connections
+ *	(@ap_mld_addr is %NULL)
+ * @timeout: indicates the association failed due to timeout, otherwise
+ *	the association was abandoned for a reason reported through some
+ *	other API (e.g. deauth RX)
+ */
+struct cfg80211_assoc_failure {
+	const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
+	struct cfg80211_bss *bss[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
+	bool timeout;
+};
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_assoc_failure - notification of association failure
+ * @dev: network device
+ * @data: data describing the association failure
+ *
+ * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
+ */
+void cfg80211_assoc_failure(struct net_device *dev,
+			    struct cfg80211_assoc_failure *data);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame
+ * @dev: network device
+ * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body)
+ * @len: length of the frame data
+ * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute)
+ *
+ * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in
+ * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and
+ * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the
+ * corresponding wdev's mutex.
+ */
+void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len,
+			   bool reconnect);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame
+ * @dev: network device
+ * @buf: received management frame (header + body)
+ * @len: length of the frame data
+ *
+ * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc
+ * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the
+ * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon
+ * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while
+ * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
+ *
+ * This function may sleep.
+ */
+void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev,
+				  const u8 *buf, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP)
+ * @dev: network device
+ * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame
+ * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used
+ * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing.
+ * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets)
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ *
+ * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a
+ * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication()
+ * primitive.
+ */
+void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
+				  enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id,
+				  const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS
+ *
+ * @dev: network device
+ * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined
+ * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ *
+ * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or
+ * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called,
+ * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of
+ * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called
+ * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is
+ * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest.
+ */
+void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
+			  struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer
+ * 					candidate
+ *
+ * @dev: network device
+ * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate
+ * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate
+ * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer
+ * @sig_dbm: signal level in dBm
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ *
+ * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been
+ * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response.
+ * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace.
+ */
+void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev,
+		const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len,
+		int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * DOC: RFkill integration
+ *
+ * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers,
+ * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each
+ * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated
+ * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are
+ * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down.
+ *
+ * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they
+ * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211.
+ * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy
+ * @blocked: block status
+ * @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons
+ */
+void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked,
+				      enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason);
+
+static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked)
+{
+	wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked,
+					 RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL);
+}
+
+/**
+ * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy
+ */
+void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
+
+/**
+ * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy
+ */
+static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy)
+{
+	rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy->rfkill);
+}
+
+/**
+ * DOC: Vendor commands
+ *
+ * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that
+ * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the
+ * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with
+ * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as
+ * the configuration mechanism.
+ *
+ * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array
+ * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an
+ * OUI and sub command ID to identify it.
+ *
+ * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol
+ * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular,
+ * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any
+ * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection
+ * managers etc. need.
+ */
+
+struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+					   enum nl80211_commands cmd,
+					   enum nl80211_attrs attr,
+					   int approxlen);
+
+struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+					   struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+					   enum nl80211_commands cmd,
+					   enum nl80211_attrs attr,
+					   unsigned int portid,
+					   int vendor_event_idx,
+					   int approxlen, gfp_t gfp);
+
+void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy
+ * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
+ *	be put into the skb
+ *
+ * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
+ * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
+ * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid.
+ *
+ * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in
+ * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
+ * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
+ * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
+ * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute.
+ * You must not modify the skb in any other way.
+ *
+ * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return
+ * its error code as the result of the doit() operation.
+ *
+ * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
+ */
+static inline struct sk_buff *
+cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
+{
+	return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
+					  NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen);
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb
+ * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
+ *	cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb()
+ *
+ * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
+ * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should
+ * return the error code.  Note that this function consumes the
+ * skb regardless of the return value.
+ *
+ * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
+ */
+int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy
+ *
+ * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler.
+ * Valid to call only there.
+ */
+unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy
+ * @wdev: the wireless device
+ * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
+ * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
+ *	be put into the skb
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ *
+ * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
+ * vendor-specific multicast group.
+ *
+ * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
+ * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
+ * attribute.
+ *
+ * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
+ * skb to send the event.
+ *
+ * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
+ */
+static inline struct sk_buff *
+cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+			     int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
+{
+	return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
+					  NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
+					  0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy
+ * @wdev: the wireless device
+ * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
+ * @portid: port ID of the receiver
+ * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
+ *	be put into the skb
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ *
+ * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to
+ * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been
+ * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take
+ * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes.
+ *
+ * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
+ * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
+ * attribute.
+ *
+ * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
+ * skb to send the event.
+ *
+ * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
+ */
+static inline struct sk_buff *
+cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				  struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+				  unsigned int portid, int approxlen,
+				  int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
+{
+	return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
+					  NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
+					  portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event
+ * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ *
+ * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
+ * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it.
+ */
+static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
+{
+	__cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
+}
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
+/**
+ * DOC: Test mode
+ *
+ * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to
+ * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance,
+ * factory programming.
+ *
+ * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more
+ * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy
+ * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
+ *	be put into the skb
+ *
+ * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
+ * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
+ * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid.
+ *
+ * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in
+ * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
+ * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
+ * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
+ * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You
+ * must not modify the skb in any other way.
+ *
+ * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return
+ * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation.
+ *
+ * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
+ */
+static inline struct sk_buff *
+cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
+{
+	return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
+					  NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen);
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb
+ * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
+ *	cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb()
+ *
+ * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
+ * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return
+ * the error code.  Note that this function consumes the skb
+ * regardless of the return value.
+ *
+ * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
+ */
+static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb)
+{
+	return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb);
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy
+ * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
+ *	be put into the skb
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ *
+ * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
+ * testmode multicast group.
+ *
+ * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with
+ * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As
+ * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the
+ * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb
+ * in any other way.
+ *
+ * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the
+ * skb to send the event.
+ *
+ * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
+ */
+static inline struct sk_buff *
+cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp)
+{
+	return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
+					  NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1,
+					  approxlen, gfp);
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event
+ * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
+ *	cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb()
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ *
+ * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
+ * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always
+ * consumes it.
+ */
+static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
+{
+	__cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
+}
+
+#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)	.testmode_cmd = (cmd),
+#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)	.testmode_dump = (cmd),
+#else
+#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)
+#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params
+ * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL)
+ * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets
+ * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in
+ *	@erp_next_seq_num is valid.
+ * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in
+ *	FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the
+ *	status for a FILS connection.
+ * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL).
+ * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets
+ * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID
+ *	used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL).
+ */
+struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params {
+	const u8 *kek;
+	size_t kek_len;
+	bool update_erp_next_seq_num;
+	u16 erp_next_seq_num;
+	const u8 *pmk;
+	size_t pmk_len;
+	const u8 *pmkid;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params
+ * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
+ *	%WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
+ *	the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
+ *	failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
+ *	from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
+ *	indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
+ *	@timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
+ *	case.
+ * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL)
+ * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length
+ * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL)
+ * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length
+ * @fils: FILS connection response parameters.
+ * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
+ *	connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
+ *	the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
+ *	not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
+ *	failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
+ *	This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
+ * @valid_links: For MLO connection, BIT mask of the valid link ids. Otherwise
+ *	zero.
+ * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the AP. Otherwise %NULL.
+ * @links : For MLO connection, contains link info for the valid links indicated
+ *	using @valid_links. For non-MLO connection, links[0] contains the
+ *	connected AP info.
+ * @links.addr: For MLO connection, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise
+ *	%NULL.
+ * @links.bssid: For MLO connection, MAC address of the AP link. For non-MLO
+ *	connection, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL).
+ * @links.bss: For MLO connection, entry of bss to which STA link is connected.
+ *	For non-MLO connection, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to which STA
+ *	is connected. It can be obtained through cfg80211_get_bss() (may be
+ *	%NULL). It is recommended to store the bss from the connect_request and
+ *	hold a reference to it and return through this param to avoid a warning
+ *	if the bss is expired during the connection, esp. for those drivers
+ *	implementing connect op. Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs
+ *	to be specified.
+ */
+struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params {
+	int status;
+	const u8 *req_ie;
+	size_t req_ie_len;
+	const u8 *resp_ie;
+	size_t resp_ie_len;
+	struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
+	enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason;
+
+	const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
+	u16 valid_links;
+	struct {
+		const u8 *addr;
+		const u8 *bssid;
+		struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
+	} links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
+};
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result
+ *
+ * @dev: network device
+ * @params: connection response parameters
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ *
+ * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
+ * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
+ * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response
+ * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(),
+ * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(),
+ * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
+ */
+void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev,
+			   struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params,
+			   gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result
+ *
+ * @dev: network device
+ * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
+ * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
+ *	cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the
+ *	bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return
+ *	through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the
+ *	connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op.
+ *	Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified.
+ * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
+ * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
+ * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
+ * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
+ * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
+ *	%WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
+ *	the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
+ *	failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
+ *	from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
+ *	indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
+ *	@timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
+ *	case.
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
+ *	connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
+ *	the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
+ *	not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
+ *	failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
+ *	This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
+ *
+ * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
+ * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
+ * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss
+ * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among
+ * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
+ * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
+ */
+static inline void
+cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
+		     struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie,
+		     size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie,
+		     size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp,
+		     enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
+{
+	struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params;
+
+	memset(&params, 0, sizeof(params));
+	params.status = status;
+	params.links[0].bssid = bssid;
+	params.links[0].bss = bss;
+	params.req_ie = req_ie;
+	params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len;
+	params.resp_ie = resp_ie;
+	params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len;
+	params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason;
+
+	cfg80211_connect_done(dev, &params, gfp);
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result
+ *
+ * @dev: network device
+ * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
+ * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
+ * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
+ * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
+ * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
+ * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
+ *	%WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
+ *	the real status code for failures.
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ *
+ * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
+ * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
+ * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only
+ * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
+ * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
+ */
+static inline void
+cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
+			const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len,
+			const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len,
+			u16 status, gfp_t gfp)
+{
+	cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie,
+			     resp_ie_len, status, gfp,
+			     NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED);
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout
+ *
+ * @dev: network device
+ * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
+ * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
+ * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout.
+ *
+ * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed
+ * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was
+ * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send
+ * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while
+ * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among
+ * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
+ * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
+ */
+static inline void
+cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
+			 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp,
+			 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
+{
+	cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1,
+			     gfp, timeout_reason);
+}
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information
+ *
+ * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
+ * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
+ * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
+ * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
+ * @fils: FILS related roaming information.
+ * @valid_links: For MLO roaming, BIT mask of the new valid links is set.
+ *	Otherwise zero.
+ * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO roaming, MLD address of the new AP. Otherwise %NULL.
+ * @links : For MLO roaming, contains new link info for the valid links set in
+ *	@valid_links. For non-MLO roaming, links[0] contains the new AP info.
+ * @links.addr: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise %NULL.
+ * @links.bssid: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the new AP link. For non-MLO
+ *	roaming, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the new AP. May be
+ *	%NULL if %links.bss is set.
+ * @links.channel: the channel of the new AP.
+ * @links.bss: For MLO roaming, entry of new bss to which STA link got
+ *	roamed. For non-MLO roaming, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to
+ *	which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %links.bssid is set)
+ */
+struct cfg80211_roam_info {
+	const u8 *req_ie;
+	size_t req_ie_len;
+	const u8 *resp_ie;
+	size_t resp_ie_len;
+	struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
+
+	const u8 *ap_mld_addr;
+	u16 valid_links;
+	struct {
+		const u8 *addr;
+		const u8 *bssid;
+		struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
+		struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
+	} links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS];
+};
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming
+ *
+ * @dev: network device
+ * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info.
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ *
+ * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the
+ * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry.
+ * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP
+ * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in
+ * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where
+ * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the
+ * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling
+ * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released
+ * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be
+ * released while disconnecting from the current bss.
+ */
+void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info,
+		     gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association
+ *
+ * @dev: network device
+ * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ *
+ * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake
+ * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e.,
+ * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function
+ * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(),
+ * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to
+ * indicate the 802.11 association.
+ */
+void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
+			      gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped
+ *
+ * @dev: network device
+ * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL)
+ * @ie_len: length of IEs
+ * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown
+ * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ *
+ * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state
+ * and not try to connect to any AP any more.
+ */
+void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason,
+			   const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len,
+			   bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start
+ * @wdev: wireless device
+ * @cookie: the request cookie
+ * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
+ * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the
+ *	channel
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ */
+void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
+			       struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
+			       unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
+ * @wdev: wireless device
+ * @cookie: the request cookie
+ * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ */
+void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
+					struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
+					gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired
+ * @wdev: wireless device
+ * @cookie: the requested cookie
+ * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request)
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ */
+void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
+			      struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics.
+ *
+ * @sinfo: the station information
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ */
+int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info
+ * @sinfo: the station information
+ *
+ * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station
+ * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on
+ * the stack.)
+ */
+static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo)
+{
+	kfree(sinfo->pertid);
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station
+ *
+ * @dev: the netdev
+ * @mac_addr: the station's address
+ * @sinfo: the station information
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ */
+void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
+		      struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station
+ * @dev: the netdev
+ * @mac_addr: the station's address
+ * @sinfo: the station information/statistics
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ */
+void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
+			    struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station
+ *
+ * @dev: the netdev
+ * @mac_addr: the station's address
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ */
+static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev,
+				    const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp)
+{
+	cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp);
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification
+ *
+ * @dev: the netdev
+ * @mac_addr: the station's address
+ * @reason: the reason for connection failure
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ *
+ * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station
+ * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection
+ * for some reasons, this function is called.
+ *
+ * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from
+ * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum
+ */
+void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
+			  enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason,
+			  gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_rx_info - received management frame info
+ *
+ * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in kHz
+ * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
+ * @have_link_id: indicates the frame was received on a link of
+ *	an MLD, i.e. the @link_id field is valid
+ * @link_id: the ID of the link the frame was received	on
+ * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
+ * @len: length of the frame data
+ * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
+ * @rx_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of frame RX in nanoseconds
+ * @ack_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of ack TX in nanoseconds
+ */
+struct cfg80211_rx_info {
+	int freq;
+	int sig_dbm;
+	bool have_link_id;
+	u8 link_id;
+	const u8 *buf;
+	size_t len;
+	u32 flags;
+	u64 rx_tstamp;
+	u64 ack_tstamp;
+};
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext - management frame notification with extended info
+ * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
+ * @info: RX info as defined in struct cfg80211_rx_info
+ *
+ * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
+ * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
+ *
+ * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
+ * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
+ * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
+ * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
+ */
+bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+			  struct cfg80211_rx_info *info);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
+ * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
+ * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz
+ * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
+ * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
+ * @len: length of the frame data
+ * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
+ *
+ * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
+ * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
+ *
+ * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
+ * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
+ * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
+ * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
+ */
+static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq,
+					int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len,
+					u32 flags)
+{
+	struct cfg80211_rx_info info = {
+		.freq = freq,
+		.sig_dbm = sig_dbm,
+		.buf = buf,
+		.len = len,
+		.flags = flags
+	};
+
+	return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info);
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
+ * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
+ * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz
+ * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
+ * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
+ * @len: length of the frame data
+ * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
+ *
+ * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
+ * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
+ *
+ * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
+ * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
+ * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
+ * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
+ */
+static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq,
+				    int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len,
+				    u32 flags)
+{
+	struct cfg80211_rx_info info = {
+		.freq = MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq),
+		.sig_dbm = sig_dbm,
+		.buf = buf,
+		.len = len,
+		.flags = flags
+	};
+
+	return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info);
+}
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_tx_status - TX status for management frame information
+ *
+ * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
+ * @tx_tstamp: hardware TX timestamp in nanoseconds
+ * @ack_tstamp: hardware ack RX timestamp in nanoseconds
+ * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
+ * @len: length of the frame data
+ * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
+ */
+struct cfg80211_tx_status {
+	u64 cookie;
+	u64 tx_tstamp;
+	u64 ack_tstamp;
+	const u8 *buf;
+	size_t len;
+	bool ack;
+};
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext - TX status notification with extended info
+ * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
+ * @status: TX status data
+ * @gfp: context flags
+ *
+ * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
+ * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
+ * transmission attempt with extended info.
+ */
+void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+				 struct cfg80211_tx_status *status, gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame
+ * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
+ * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
+ * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
+ * @len: length of the frame data
+ * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
+ * @gfp: context flags
+ *
+ * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
+ * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
+ * transmission attempt.
+ */
+static inline void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+					   u64 cookie, const u8 *buf,
+					   size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp)
+{
+	struct cfg80211_tx_status status = {
+		.cookie = cookie,
+		.buf = buf,
+		.len = len,
+		.ack = ack
+	};
+
+	cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(wdev, &status, gfp);
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control
+ *                                   port frames
+ * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
+ * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port()
+ * @buf: Data frame (header + body)
+ * @len: length of the frame data
+ * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
+ * @gfp: context flags
+ *
+ * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be
+ * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of
+ * the transmission attempt.
+ */
+void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
+				     const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack,
+				     gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame
+ * @dev: The device the frame matched to
+ * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame.  It is assumed that the skbuf
+ *	is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header).  The skb can be non-linear.
+ *	This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is
+ *	responsible for any cleanup.  The caller must also ensure that
+ *	skb->protocol is set appropriately.
+ * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted
+ *
+ * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port
+ * frame.  It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive
+ * control port frames over nl80211.
+ *
+ * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all
+ * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame).
+ *
+ * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace
+ */
+bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev,
+			      struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event
+ * @dev: network device
+ * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event
+ * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
+ * @gfp: context flags
+ *
+ * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring
+ * rssi threshold reached event occurs.
+ */
+void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev,
+			      enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
+			      s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer
+ * @dev: network device
+ * @peer: peer's MAC address
+ * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold
+ *	but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent
+ *	threshold (to account for temporary interference)
+ * @gfp: context flags
+ */
+void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev,
+				 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event
+ * @dev: network device
+ * @peer: peer's MAC address
+ * @num_packets: how many packets were lost
+ * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission
+ * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached.
+ * @gfp: context flags
+ *
+ * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a
+ * given interval is exceeded.
+ */
+void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
+			     u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event
+ * @dev: network device
+ * @gfp: context flags
+ *
+ * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP.
+ */
+void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * __cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy
+ * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
+ * @offchan: the radar has been detected on the offchannel chain
+ * @gfp: context flags
+ *
+ * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl.
+ */
+void __cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+			    struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
+			    bool offchan, gfp_t gfp);
+
+static inline void
+cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+		     struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
+		     gfp_t gfp)
+{
+	__cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, false, gfp);
+}
+
+static inline void
+cfg80211_background_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
+				gfp_t gfp)
+{
+	__cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, true, gfp);
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event
+ * @dev: network device
+ * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified
+ * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value
+ * @gfp: context flags
+ *
+ * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action
+ * frame.
+ */
+void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac,
+				       struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode,
+				       gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event
+ * @netdev: network device
+ * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
+ * @event: type of event
+ * @gfp: context flags
+ *
+ * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished
+ * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process,
+ * also by full-MAC drivers.
+ */
+void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev,
+			const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
+			enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_background_cac_abort - Channel Availability Check offchan abort event
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy
+ *
+ * This function is called by the driver when a Channel Availability Check
+ * (CAC) is aborted by a offchannel dedicated chain.
+ */
+void cfg80211_background_cac_abort(struct wiphy *wiphy);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying
+ * @dev: network device
+ * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races)
+ * @replay_ctr: new replay counter
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ */
+void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
+			       const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate
+ * @dev: network device
+ * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority)
+ * @bssid: BSSID of AP
+ * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ */
+void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index,
+				     const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame
+ * @dev: The device the frame matched to
+ * @addr: the transmitter address
+ * @gfp: context flags
+ *
+ * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
+ * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the
+ * sender.
+ * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
+ * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
+ */
+bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev,
+				const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame
+ * @dev: The device the frame matched to
+ * @addr: the transmitter address
+ * @gfp: context flags
+ *
+ * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
+ * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected.
+ * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each
+ * station to avoid event flooding.
+ * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
+ * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
+ */
+bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev,
+					const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status
+ * @dev: the device the probe was sent on
+ * @addr: the address of the peer
+ * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously
+ * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not
+ * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame.
+ * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not.
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ */
+void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
+			   u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal,
+			   bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs
+ * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
+ * @frame: the frame
+ * @len: length of the frame
+ * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz
+ * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
+ *
+ * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
+ * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
+ * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
+ */
+void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame,
+				     size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs
+ * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
+ * @frame: the frame
+ * @len: length of the frame
+ * @freq: frequency the frame was received on
+ * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
+ *
+ * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
+ * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
+ * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
+ */
+static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+					       const u8 *frame, size_t len,
+					       int freq, int sig_dbm)
+{
+	cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq),
+					sig_dbm);
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy
+ * @chandef: the channel definition
+ * @iftype: interface type
+ *
+ * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
+ * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.)
+ */
+bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+			     struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
+			     enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy
+ * @chandef: the channel definition
+ * @iftype: interface type
+ *
+ * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
+ * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version
+ * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under
+ * more permissive conditions.
+ *
+ * Requires the wiphy mutex to be held.
+ */
+bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				   struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
+				   enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
+
+/*
+ * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace
+ * @dev: the device which switched channels
+ * @chandef: the new channel definition
+ * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO
+ *
+ * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable
+ * driver context!
+ */
+void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev,
+			       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
+			       unsigned int link_id);
+
+/*
+ * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start
+ * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started
+ * @chandef: the future channel definition
+ * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO
+ * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens
+ * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP
+ *
+ * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just
+ * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting
+ * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary.
+ */
+void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev,
+				       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
+				       unsigned int link_id, u8 count,
+				       bool quiet);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band
+ *
+ * @operating_class: the operating class to convert
+ * @band: band pointer to fill
+ *
+ * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
+ */
+bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class,
+				       enum nl80211_band *band);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class
+ *
+ * @chandef: the chandef to convert
+ * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class
+ *
+ * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
+ */
+bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
+					  u8 *op_class);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz
+ *
+ * @chandef: the chandef to convert
+ *
+ * Returns the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz.
+ */
+static inline u32
+ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
+{
+	return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset;
+}
+
+/*
+ * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation
+ * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested
+ * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device
+ * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or
+ *	NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN)
+ * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ *
+ * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that
+ * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP
+ * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use
+ * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g.,
+ * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer).
+ */
+void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
+				enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
+				u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
+
+/*
+ * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units)
+ * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from
+ *
+ * return 0 if MCS index >= 32
+ */
+u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev
+ * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove
+ *
+ * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary
+ * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device
+ * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called
+ * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device
+ * is unbound from the driver.
+ *
+ * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held.
+ */
+void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev
+ * @dev: the netdev to register
+ *
+ * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather
+ * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is
+ * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable
+ * instead as well.
+ *
+ * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held.
+ */
+int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev
+ * @dev: the netdev to register
+ *
+ * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather
+ * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL
+ * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are
+ * usable instead as well.
+ *
+ * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held.
+ */
+static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev)
+{
+#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211)
+	cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr);
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements
+ * @ies: FT IEs
+ * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes
+ * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address
+ * @ric_ies: RIC IE
+ * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes
+ */
+struct cfg80211_ft_event_params {
+	const u8 *ies;
+	size_t ies_len;
+	const u8 *target_ap;
+	const u8 *ric_ies;
+	size_t ric_ies_len;
+};
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE
+ * @netdev: network device
+ * @ft_event: IE information
+ */
+void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev,
+		       struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer
+ * @ies: the input IE buffer
+ * @len: the input length
+ * @attr: the attribute ID to find
+ * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g.
+ *	if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size
+ * @bufsize: size of the output buffer
+ *
+ * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and
+ * copies its contents to the given buffer.
+ *
+ * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is
+ * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the
+ * length of the found attribute (which can be zero).
+ */
+int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
+			  enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr,
+			  u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC)
+ * @ies: the IE buffer
+ * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
+ * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
+ *	the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
+ *	EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
+ * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
+ * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element
+ * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array
+ * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
+ *
+ * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
+ * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
+ * split.
+ *
+ * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
+ * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
+ *
+ * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
+ * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
+ * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
+ *
+ * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
+ * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
+ * of the buffer should be used.
+ */
+size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
+			      const u8 *ids, int n_ids,
+			      const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric,
+			      size_t offset);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering
+ * @ies: the IE buffer
+ * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
+ * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
+ *	the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
+ *	EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
+ * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
+ * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
+ *
+ * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
+ * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
+ * split.
+ *
+ * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
+ * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
+ *
+ * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
+ * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
+ * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
+ *
+ * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
+ * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
+ * of the buffer should be used.
+ */
+static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
+					const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset)
+{
+	return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset);
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN
+ * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup
+ * @wakeup: the wakeup report
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ *
+ * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it
+ * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may
+ * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something
+ * else caused the wakeup.
+ */
+void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+				   struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
+				   gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver.
+ *
+ * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped.
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ *
+ * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted
+ * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given
+ * by .crit_proto_start() has expired.
+ */
+void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy
+ *
+ * Return: the number of channels supported by the device.
+ */
+unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations
+ *
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy
+ * @params: the interface combinations parameter
+ *
+ * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a
+ * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to
+ * the interface combinations.
+ */
+int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+				struct iface_combination_params *params);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations
+ *
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy
+ * @params: the interface combinations parameter
+ * @iter: function to call for each matching combination
+ * @data: pointer to pass to iter function
+ *
+ * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible
+ * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching
+ * purposes.
+ */
+int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+			       struct iface_combination_params *params,
+			       void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c,
+					    void *data),
+			       void *data);
+
+/*
+ * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection
+ *
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy
+ * @wdev: wireless device
+ * @gfp: context flags
+ *
+ * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA
+ * disconnected.
+ *
+ * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous.
+ */
+void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+			 gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down
+ *
+ * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by
+ * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed).
+ * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors
+ * that really can't be recovered in any other way.
+ *
+ * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into
+ * the driver while the function is running.
+ */
+void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy);
+
+/**
+ * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag
+ *
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
+ * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
+ *
+ * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
+ * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
+ */
+static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+					 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
+{
+	u8 *ft_byte;
+
+	ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
+	*ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8);
+}
+
+/**
+ * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag
+ *
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
+ * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
+ *
+ * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
+ * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
+ */
+static inline bool
+wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy,
+			enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
+{
+	u8 ft_byte;
+
+	ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
+	return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function
+ * @f: NAN function that should be freed
+ *
+ * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members.
+ */
+void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f);
+
+/**
+ * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters
+ * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is
+ *	 %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber.
+ *	 If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery
+ *	 result.
+ *	 If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up.
+ * @inst_id: the local instance id
+ * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function
+ * @addr: the MAC address of the peer
+ * @info_len: the length of the &info
+ * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any)
+ * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function
+ */
+struct cfg80211_nan_match_params {
+	enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
+	u8 inst_id;
+	u8 peer_inst_id;
+	const u8 *addr;
+	u8 info_len;
+	const u8 *info;
+	u64 cookie;
+};
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function.
+ * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
+ * @match: match notification parameters
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ *
+ * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This
+ * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that
+ * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received.
+ */
+void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+			struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
+ *
+ * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
+ * @inst_id: the local instance id
+ * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
+ * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ *
+ * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated.
+ */
+void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+				  u8 inst_id,
+				  enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
+				  u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp);
+
+/* ethtool helper */
+void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication
+ * @netdev: network device
+ * @params: External authentication parameters
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error
+ */
+int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev,
+				   struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params,
+				   gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data
+ * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
+ * @req: the original measurement request
+ * @result: the result data
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ */
+void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+			  struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
+			  struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result,
+			  gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed
+ * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
+ * @req: the original measurement request
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ *
+ * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this
+ * the request pointer will no longer be valid.
+ */
+void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
+			    struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
+			    gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy
+ * @iftype: interface type
+ * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1'
+ * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces
+ *
+ * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API
+ * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when
+ * check_swif is '1'.
+ */
+bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
+			     bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif);
+
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_assoc_comeback - notification of association that was
+ * temporarly rejected with a comeback
+ * @netdev: network device
+ * @ap_addr: AP (MLD) address that rejected the assocation
+ * @timeout: timeout interval value TUs.
+ *
+ * this function may sleep. the caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
+ */
+void cfg80211_assoc_comeback(struct net_device *netdev,
+			     const u8 *ap_addr, u32 timeout);
+
+/* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */
+
+/* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */
+
+#define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...)		\
+	dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
+#define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...)			\
+	dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
+#define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...)			\
+	dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
+#define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...)			\
+	dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
+#define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...)			\
+	dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
+#define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...)			\
+	dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
+#define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...)			\
+	dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
+#define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...)			\
+	dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
+#define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...)			\
+	dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
+
+#define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...)		\
+	dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
+#define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...)		\
+	dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
+
+#define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...)			\
+	wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args)
+
+#define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...)			\
+	dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
+
+#if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG)
+#define wiphy_vdbg	wiphy_dbg
+#else
+#define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...)				\
+({									\
+	if (0)								\
+		wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args);	\
+	0;								\
+})
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference
+ * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the
+ * file/line information and a backtrace.
+ */
+#define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...)			\
+	WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space
+ * @netdev: network device
+ * @owe_info: peer's owe info
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ */
+void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev,
+				    struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info,
+				    gfp_t gfp);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries
+ * @wiphy: the wiphy
+ */
+void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event
+ * @dev: network device
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ * @cmd: the actual event we want to notify
+ * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens
+ * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of
+ */
+int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp,
+			      enum nl80211_commands cmd, u8 count,
+			      u64 color_bitmap);
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision
+ * @dev: network device
+ * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of
+ * @gfp: allocation flags
+ */
+static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device *dev,
+						       u64 color_bitmap, gfp_t gfp)
+{
+	return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, gfp,
+					 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION,
+					 0, color_bitmap);
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start
+ * @dev: the device on which the color is switched
+ * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens
+ *
+ * Inform the userspace about the color change that has started.
+ */
+static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device *dev,
+						       u8 count)
+{
+	return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL,
+					 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED,
+					 count, 0);
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort
+ * @dev: the device on which the color is switched
+ *
+ * Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted.
+ */
+static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device *dev)
+{
+	return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL,
+					 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED,
+					 0, 0);
+}
+
+/**
+ * cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion
+ * @dev: the device on which the color was switched
+ *
+ * Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed.
+ */
+static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device *dev)
+{
+	return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL,
+					 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED,
+					 0, 0);
+}
+
+#endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */